US20220073881A1 - Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products - Google Patents
Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220073881A1 US20220073881A1 US17/351,115 US202117351115A US2022073881A1 US 20220073881 A1 US20220073881 A1 US 20220073881A1 US 202117351115 A US202117351115 A US 202117351115A US 2022073881 A1 US2022073881 A1 US 2022073881A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- adipose
- tissue
- adipose tissue
- acid
- biomaterial
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 title claims abstract description 211
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 116
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 89
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 title description 37
- KFSLWBXXFJQRDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Peracetic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)OO KFSLWBXXFJQRDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 138
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 127
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 123
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 101
- -1 acyl azide Chemical class 0.000 claims description 89
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 claims description 83
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 80
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 49
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 49
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 claims description 49
- 239000005057 Hexamethylene diisocyanate Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylene diisocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NCCCCCCN=C=O RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 31
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 claims description 31
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 18
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 17
- AZKVWQKMDGGDSV-BCMRRPTOSA-N Genipin Chemical class COC(=O)C1=CO[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2C(CO)=CC[C@H]12 AZKVWQKMDGGDSV-BCMRRPTOSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 16
- AZKVWQKMDGGDSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N genipin Chemical class COC(=O)C1=COC(O)C2C(CO)=CCC12 AZKVWQKMDGGDSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- MKRTXPORKIRPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylphosphoryl azide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(=O)(N=[N+]=[N-])C1=CC=CC=C1 MKRTXPORKIRPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N divinyl sulfone Chemical compound C=CS(=O)(=O)C=C AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000003613 bile acid Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N (2s,4r)-4-[(3r,5s,6r,7r,8s,9s,10s,13r,14s,17r)-6-ethyl-3,7-dihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]-2-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)C[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1[C@@H](CC)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)C[C@H](C)C(O)=O)CC[C@H]21 HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- JPFCOVZKLAXXOE-XBNSMERZSA-N (3r)-2-(3,5-dihydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-8-[(2r,3r,4r)-3,5,7-trihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2h-chromen-4-yl]-3,4-dihydro-2h-chromene-3,5,7-triol Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=C(O)C=C1C1[C@H](O)CC(C(O)=CC(O)=C2[C@H]3C4=C(O)C=C(O)C=C4O[C@@H]([C@@H]3O)C=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)=C2O1 JPFCOVZKLAXXOE-XBNSMERZSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N D-threose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920002085 Dialdehyde starch Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000004593 Epoxy Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920001744 Polyaldehyde Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920001991 Proanthocyanidin Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010003894 Protein-Lysine 6-Oxidase Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- FRTGEIHSCHXMTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl octanediimidate Chemical compound COC(=N)CCCCCCC(=N)OC FRTGEIHSCHXMTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- CMCBDXRRFKYBDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecoxydodecane Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCCCCCCCCCCC CMCBDXRRFKYBDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- MUHFRORXWCGZGE-KTKRTIGZSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical class CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCCO MUHFRORXWCGZGE-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-n,2-n-diethylpyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=NC(N)=CC(Cl)=N1 XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920004929 Triton X-114 Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- CGVLVOOFCGWBCS-RGDJUOJXSA-N n-octyl β-d-thioglucopyranoside Chemical compound CCCCCCCCS[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O CGVLVOOFCGWBCS-RGDJUOJXSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- HEGSGKPQLMEBJL-RKQHYHRCSA-N octyl beta-D-glucopyranoside Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HEGSGKPQLMEBJL-RKQHYHRCSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- UYDLBVPAAFVANX-UHFFFAOYSA-N octylphenoxy polyethoxyethanol Chemical class CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OCCOCCOCCOCCO)C=C1 UYDLBVPAAFVANX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229950008882 polysorbate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940035044 sorbitan monolaurate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 102000004669 Protein-Lysine 6-Oxidase Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 abstract description 18
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 67
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 51
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 45
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 43
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 38
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 37
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 37
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 36
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 34
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 34
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 34
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 29
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 28
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 26
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 25
- 210000002469 basement membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 25
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 23
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 22
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 22
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 20
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 18
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 16
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 16
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 15
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 15
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 15
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 210000004003 subcutaneous fat Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 14
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 13
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 12
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 210000002901 mesenchymal stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 229940059329 chondroitin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 10
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 206010033675 panniculitis Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 9
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 9
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 9
- WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Haematoxylin Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2CC2(O)C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1OC2 WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 230000011759 adipose tissue development Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920001987 poloxamine Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 8
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 7
- KUDUQBURMYMBIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-prop-2-enoyloxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOC(=O)C=C KUDUQBURMYMBIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102100027211 Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002293 adipogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003444 anaesthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004945 emulsification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 6
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229940123169 Caspase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 102000012422 Collagen Type I Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010022452 Collagen Type I Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 208000032170 Congenital Abnormalities Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010058846 Ovalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 102100026858 Protein-lysine 6-oxidase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229960005188 collagen Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000004207 dermis Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 5
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007515 enzymatic degradation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229940092253 ovalbumin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (±)-α-Tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000004266 Collagen Type IV Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010042086 Collagen Type IV Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229940123457 Free radical scavenger Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 4
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001142 back Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 4
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000002316 cosmetic surgery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SEACYXSIPDVVMV-UHFFFAOYSA-L eosin Y Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C([O-])=C(Br)C=C21 SEACYXSIPDVVMV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004941 influx Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000007790 scraping Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009772 tissue formation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000003934 vacuole Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037303 wrinkles Effects 0.000 description 4
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000004434 Calcinosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010053770 Deoxyribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000016911 Deoxyribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010085895 Laminin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000007547 Laminin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000015336 Nerve Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 102000006747 Transforming Growth Factor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101800004564 Transforming growth factor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940050528 albumin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000011717 athymic nude mouse Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- AFYNADDZULBEJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicinchoninic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C=3C=C(C4=CC=CC=C4N=3)C(=O)O)=CC(C(O)=O)=C21 AFYNADDZULBEJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010256 biochemical assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006065 biodegradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002308 calcification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005056 compaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002338 cryopreservative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoxycholic acid Natural products C1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126864 fibroblast growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000003328 fibroblastic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940014259 gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012744 immunostaining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010872 live dead assay kit Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002278 reconstructive surgery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000518 rheometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003190 viscoelastic substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VNQXSTWCDUXYEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,7,7-trimethylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dione Chemical compound C1CC2(C)C(=O)C(=O)C1C2(C)C VNQXSTWCDUXYEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(N-morpholiniumyl)ethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)CC[NH+]1CCOCC1 SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QISOBCMNUJQOJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-1h-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=1NN=CC=1Br QISOBCMNUJQOJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QTGIAADRBBLJGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Articaine Chemical compound CCCNC(C)C(=O)NC=1C(C)=CSC=1C(=O)OC QTGIAADRBBLJGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000007350 Bone Morphogenetic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010007726 Bone Morphogenetic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010006895 Cachexia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010067225 Cell Adhesion Molecules Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016289 Cell Adhesion Molecules Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000000503 Collagen Type II Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010041390 Collagen Type II Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001187 Collagen Type III Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010069502 Collagen Type III Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000012432 Collagen Type V Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010022514 Collagen Type V Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000014870 Collagen Type XII Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010039001 Collagen Type XII Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-erythro-ascorbic acid Natural products OCC1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000045 Dermatan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010014258 Elastin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016942 Elastin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002148 Gellan gum Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004269 Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010017080 Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000004858 Growth differentiation factor-9 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001086 Growth differentiation factor-9 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039939 Growth/differentiation factor 8 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010010369 HIV Protease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003745 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000100 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100031000 Hepatoma-derived growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101001083798 Homo sapiens Hepatoma-derived growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000288 Keratan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010024604 Lipoatrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010013563 Lipoprotein Lipase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100022119 Lipoprotein lipase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010056852 Myostatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007072 Nerve Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010039580 Scar Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000013275 Somatomedins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002359 Tetronic® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000036693 Thrombopoietin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010041111 Thrombopoietin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930003268 Vitamin C Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229930003427 Vitamin E Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M acrylate group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)[O-] NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000009815 adipogenic differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N alpha-L-IdopA-(1->3)-beta-D-GalpNAc4S Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C(O)=O)O1 AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960003831 articaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BLFLLBZGZJTVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzocaine Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 BLFLLBZGZJTVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940112869 bone morphogenetic protein Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930006711 bornane-2,3-dione Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000004067 bulking agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001217 buttock Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- BQRGNLJZBFXNCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcein am Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(CN(CC(=O)OCOC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCOC(C)=O)=C(OC(C)=O)C=C1OC1=C2C=C(CN(CC(=O)OCOC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCOC(=O)C)C(OC(C)=O)=C1 BQRGNLJZBFXNCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960001747 cinchocaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PUFQVTATUTYEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchocaine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(OCCCC)=CC(C(=O)NCCN(CC)CC)=C21 PUFQVTATUTYEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N cocaine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](N2C)[C@H]1C(=O)OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001246 colloidal dispersion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006037 cross link polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N deoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003964 deoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940051593 dermatan sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004386 diacrylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229950010160 dimethocaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- OWQIUQKMMPDHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(C)(C)COC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 OWQIUQKMMPDHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920002549 elastin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001815 facial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000013373 fibrillar collagen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060002894 fibrillar collagen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-tocopherol Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC1CCC2C(C)C(O)C(C)C(C)C2O1 WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010492 gellan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000216 gellan gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007490 hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002962 histologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000021267 infertility disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N keratan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H](O[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O)O)[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@H]2O)COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000007443 liposuction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009607 mammography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 108010082117 matrigel Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004088 microvessel Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000002763 monocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003387 muscular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000000585 muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012758 nuclear staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000010355 oscillation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002559 palpation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002959 polymer blend Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000012985 polymerization agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- OARRHUQTFTUEOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N safranin Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=C(N)C(C)=CC2=NC2=CC(C)=C(N)C=C2[N+]=1C1=CC=CC=C1 OARRHUQTFTUEOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004626 scanning electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002372 tetracaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GKCBAIGFKIBETG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetracaine Chemical compound CCCCNC1=CC=C(C(=O)OCCN(C)C)C=C1 GKCBAIGFKIBETG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001541 thymus gland Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008736 traumatic injury Effects 0.000 description 2
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019154 vitamin C Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011718 vitamin C Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019165 vitamin E Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011709 vitamin E Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940046009 vitamin E Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCDDVEOXEIYWFB-VXORFPGASA-N (2s,3s,4r,5r,6r)-3-[(2s,3r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-4,5,6-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](C(O)=O)O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WCDDVEOXEIYWFB-VXORFPGASA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3alpha,5alpha,7alpha,12alpha)-3,7,12-trihydroxy-cholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3beta,5beta,7alpha)-3,7-Dihydroxycholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)CC2 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPIARALSGDVZEP-SJVNDZIOSA-N (3s)-3-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-acetamido-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@@H](C=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(C)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LPIARALSGDVZEP-SJVNDZIOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NMWKYTGJWUAZPZ-WWHBDHEGSA-N (4S)-4-[[(4R,7S,10S,16S,19S,25S,28S,31R)-31-[[(2S)-2-[[(1R,6R,9S,12S,18S,21S,24S,27S,30S,33S,36S,39S,42R,47R,53S,56S,59S,62S,65S,68S,71S,76S,79S,85S)-47-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-4-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoyl]amino]-3-carboxypropanoyl]amino]-18-(4-aminobutyl)-27,68-bis(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)-36,71,76-tribenzyl-39-(3-carbamimidamidopropyl)-24-(2-carboxyethyl)-21,56-bis(carboxymethyl)-65,85-bis[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-59-(hydroxymethyl)-62,79-bis(1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-9-methyl-33-(2-methylpropyl)-8,11,17,20,23,26,29,32,35,38,41,48,54,57,60,63,66,69,72,74,77,80,83,86-tetracosaoxo-30-propan-2-yl-3,4,44,45-tetrathia-7,10,16,19,22,25,28,31,34,37,40,49,55,58,61,64,67,70,73,75,78,81,84,87-tetracosazatetracyclo[40.31.14.012,16.049,53]heptaoctacontane-6-carbonyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-7-(3-carbamimidamidopropyl)-25-(hydroxymethyl)-19-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-28-(1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-10-methyl-6,9,12,15,18,21,24,27,30-nonaoxo-16-propan-2-yl-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17,20,23,26,29-nonazacyclodotriacontane-4-carbonyl]amino]-5-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-3-carboxy-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(1S)-1-carboxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc1c[nH]cn1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H]3NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4ccccc4)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4c[nH]cn4)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]4CCCN4C(=O)[C@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](Cc4c[nH]cn4)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4ccccc4)NC3=O)[C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc3ccccc3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N3CCC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc2ccccc2)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc2c[nH]cn2)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2c[nH]cn2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccc(O)cc2)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O NMWKYTGJWUAZPZ-WWHBDHEGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001124 (E)-prop-1-ene-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZKMNUMMKYBVTFN-HNNXBMFYSA-N (S)-ropivacaine Chemical compound CCCN1CCCC[C@H]1C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C ZKMNUMMKYBVTFN-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJJVAFUKOBZPCB-ZGRPYONQSA-N (r)-3,4-dihydro-2-methyl-2-(4,8,12-trimethyl-3,7,11-tridecatrienyl)-2h-1-benzopyran-6-ol Chemical class OC1=CC=C2OC(CC/C=C(C)/CC/C=C(C)/CCC=C(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1 GJJVAFUKOBZPCB-ZGRPYONQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VABMTLDPNIBLLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dimethyl-3-(2-methylpropyl)-9h-xanthene Chemical compound O1C2=CC=CC=C2CC2=C1C=C(CC(C)C)C(C)=C2C VABMTLDPNIBLLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEBVLXFERQHONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-N-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)piperidine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound CCCCN1CCCCC1C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C LEBVLXFERQHONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1h-imidazole Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=2NC=CN=2)=C1 JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNIOWJUQPMKCIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(benzylamino)ethanol Chemical compound OCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 XNIOWJUQPMKCIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUAYFRHPQLERMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1,2-diphenylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C)(C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SUAYFRHPQLERMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGNGWHSBYQYVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(dimethylamino)benzaldehyde Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 BGNGWHSBYQYVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGWLYQZDNFIFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[3-[2-[3-(3,8-diamino-6-phenylphenanthridin-5-ium-5-yl)propylamino]ethylamino]propyl]-6-phenylphenanthridin-5-ium-3,8-diamine;dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].C=1C(N)=CC=C(C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+]=2CCCNCCNCCC[N+]=3C4=CC(N)=CC=C4C4=CC=C(N)C=C4C=3C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=1C=2C1=CC=CC=C1 BGWLYQZDNFIFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091005508 Acid proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100036597 Basement membrane-specific heparan sulfate proteoglycan core protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001474374 Blennius Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091016585 CD44 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940122728 Caspase 2 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124101 Caspase 3 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004380 Cholic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004510 Collagen Type VII Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017377 Collagen Type VII Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000027205 Congenital disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-BZINKQHNSA-N D-Guluronic Acid Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-BZINKQHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Lyxoflavin Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-VANFPWTGSA-N D-mannopyranuronic acid Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-VANFPWTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013382 DNA quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010008532 Deoxyribonuclease I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007260 Deoxyribonuclease I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZNZYKNKBJPZETN-WELNAUFTSA-N Dialdehyde 11678 Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1[C@H](C[C@H](/C(=C/O)C(=O)OC)[C@@H](C=C)C=O)NCC2 ZNZYKNKBJPZETN-WELNAUFTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibenzylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCC1=CC=CC=C1 BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010071885 Dystroglycans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007623 Dystroglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTUSIVBDOCDNHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Etidocaine Chemical compound CCCN(CC)C(CC)C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C VTUSIVBDOCDNHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010015548 Euthanasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RZSYLLSAWYUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Fast green FCF Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C(=CC(O)=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 RZSYLLSAWYUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000722985 Fidia Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000005422 Foreign-Body reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Natural products OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galacturonsaeure Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010007979 Glycocholic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008055 Heparan Sulfate Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010019909 Hernia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012404 In vitro experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710203526 Integrase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010049287 Lipodystrophy acquired Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SMEROWZSTRWXGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithocholsaeure Natural products C1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)CC2 SMEROWZSTRWXGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000043129 MHC class I family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091054437 MHC class I family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJPIGAIKUZMOQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Melatonin Natural products COC1=CC=C2N(C(C)=O)C=C(CCN)C2=C1 YJPIGAIKUZMOQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010059724 Micrococcal Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028289 Muscle atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RFDAIACWWDREDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Na salt-Glycocholic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(=O)NCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 RFDAIACWWDREDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000028389 Nerve injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000047703 Nonion Species 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPGIHFRTRXVWOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oil red O Chemical compound Cc1ccc(C)c(c1)N=Nc1cc(C)c(cc1C)N=Nc1c(O)ccc2ccccc12 NPGIHFRTRXVWOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010016731 PPAR gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020002230 Pancreatic Ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038825 Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- YQKAVWCGQQXBGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperocaine Chemical compound CC1CCCCN1CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YQKAVWCGQQXBGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000463 Poly(ethylene glycol)-block-poly(propylene glycol)-block-poly(ethylene glycol) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCLANYCVBBTKTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proparacaine Chemical compound CCCOC1=CC=C(C(=O)OCCN(CC)CC)C=C1N KCLANYCVBBTKTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CAJIGINSTLKQMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propoxycaine Chemical compound CCCOC1=CC(N)=CC=C1C(=O)OCCN(CC)CC CAJIGINSTLKQMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001954 Restylane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010057163 Ribonuclease III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003661 Ribonuclease III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000621 Ribonuclease P Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010046983 Ribonuclease T1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Superoxide Chemical class [O-][O] OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000054 Syndecan-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Taurocholic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(=O)NCCS(O)(=O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010009583 Transforming Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009618 Transforming Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical class C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008062 acetophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940091181 aconitic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000037919 acquired disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003486 adipose tissue brown Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000593 adipose tissue white Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004504 adult stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005210 alkyl ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940126575 aminoglycoside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001691 amnion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940035674 anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002870 angiogenesis inducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002543 antimycotic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium atom Chemical compound [Ba] DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- UKXSKSHDVLQNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzilic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)(C(=O)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 UKXSKSHDVLQNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005274 benzocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactopyranuronic acid Natural products OC1OC(C(O)=O)C(O)C(O)C1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000941 bile Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012742 biochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005842 biochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009529 body temperature measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000008429 bread Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003150 bupivacaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007978 cacodylate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035289 cell-matrix adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003570 cell-matrix junction Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YRQNKMKHABXEJZ-UVQQGXFZSA-N chembl176323 Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(C)CC(N=C4C[C@]5(C)CCC6[C@]7(C)CC[C@@H]([C@]7(CC[C@]6(C)[C@@]5(C)CC4=N4)C)CCCCCCCC)=C4C[C@]3(C)CCC2[C@]2(C)CC[C@H](CCCCCCCC)[C@]21C YRQNKMKHABXEJZ-UVQQGXFZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMNPLAKEGAEPJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl34922 Chemical compound Cl.Cl.Cl.C1CN(C)CCN1C1=CC=C(NC(=N2)C=3C=C4N=C(NC4=CC=3)C=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C2=C1 SMNPLAKEGAEPJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-BSWAIDMHSA-N chenodeoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-BSWAIDMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001091 chenodeoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VDQQXEISLMTGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloramine T Chemical compound [Na+].CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)[N-]Cl)C=C1 VDQQXEISLMTGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N cholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019416 cholic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002471 cholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXKPYJOVDUMHGS-OSRGNVMNSA-N chondroitin sulfate Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KXKPYJOVDUMHGS-OSRGNVMNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTZCVFVGUGFEME-IWQZZHSRSA-N cis-aconitic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C\C(C(O)=O)=C\C(O)=O GTZCVFVGUGFEME-IWQZZHSRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N citraconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(/C)=C\C(O)=O HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940018557 citraconic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003426 co-catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003920 cocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000011382 collagen catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N crotonic acid Chemical compound C\C=C\C(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004741 cyclomethycaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YLRNESBGEGGQBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclomethycaine Chemical compound CC1CCCCN1CCCOC(=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1CCCCC1 YLRNESBGEGGQBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940124447 delivery agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- XXBDWLFCJWSEKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylbenzylamine Chemical compound CN(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 XXBDWLFCJWSEKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPZJQDSFZGZEOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylmethylene Chemical group C[C]C IPZJQDSFZGZEOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013013 elastic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010070877 endodeoxyribonuclease uvrABC Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003038 endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003989 endothelium vascular Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001339 epidermal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000010063 epididymitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WTOSNONTQZJEBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N erythrosin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(C1C(C(=C(O)C(I)=C1)I)O1)=C2C1=C(I)C(=O)C(I)=C2 WTOSNONTQZJEBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKZQEOHHLOYJLY-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethyl eosin Chemical compound [K+].CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C([O-])=C(Br)C=C21 UKZQEOHHLOYJLY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960003976 etidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035558 fertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009969 flowable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010749 gastric carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFDAIACWWDREDC-FRVQLJSFSA-N glycocholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 RFDAIACWWDREDC-FRVQLJSFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940099347 glycocholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010562 histological examination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012907 honey Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N hyaluronan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H](C(O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940099552 hyaluronan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940014041 hyaluronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000879 imine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical class [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003125 immunofluorescent labeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124589 immunosuppressive drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004263 induced pluripotent stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000000509 infertility Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001596 intra-abdominal fat Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004898 kneading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000707 layer-by-layer assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004288 levobupivacaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LEBVLXFERQHONN-INIZCTEOSA-N levobupivacaine Chemical compound CCCCN1CCCC[C@H]1C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C LEBVLXFERQHONN-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000031700 light absorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920005684 linear copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000006132 lipodystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011344 liquid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- SMEROWZSTRWXGI-HVATVPOCSA-N lithocholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 SMEROWZSTRWXGI-HVATVPOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005923 long-lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041033 macrolides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010297 mechanical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- DRLFMBDRBRZALE-UHFFFAOYSA-N melatonin Chemical compound COC1=CC=C2NC=C(CCNC(C)=O)C2=C1 DRLFMBDRBRZALE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003987 melatonin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002409 mepivacaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- INWLQCZOYSRPNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N mepivacaine Chemical compound CN1CCCCC1C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C INWLQCZOYSRPNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-NSCUHMNNSA-N mesaconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(/C)=C/C(O)=O HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CRVGTESFCCXCTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(C)CCO CRVGTESFCCXCTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M methylene blue Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960000907 methylthioninium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001724 microfibril Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000020763 muscle atrophy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008764 nerve damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- VOFUROIFQGPCGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N nile red Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=NC4=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C4OC3=CC(=O)C2=C1 VOFUROIFQGPCGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ninhydrin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(O)(O)C(=O)C2=C1 FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009972 noncorrosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940053973 novocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002113 octoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002601 oligoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010092948 oligonucleotidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001451 organic peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012285 osmium tetroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000489 osmium tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010049224 perlecan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010587 phase diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001045 piperocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000729 poly(L-lysine) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000083 poly(allylamine) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001467 poly(styrenesulfonates) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000447 polyanionic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003211 polymerization photoinitiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010149 post-hoc-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000229 preadipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001807 prilocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MVFGUOIZUNYYSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N prilocaine Chemical compound CCCNC(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1C MVFGUOIZUNYYSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003981 proparacaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229950003255 propoxycaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003223 protective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002731 protein assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007388 punch biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007660 quinolones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007348 radical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002265 redox agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000037983 regulatory factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008025 regulatory factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019192 riboflavin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002477 riboflavin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002151 riboflavin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001549 ropivacaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930187593 rose bengal Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940081623 rose bengal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- STRXNPAVPKGJQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N rose bengal A Natural products O1C(=O)C(C(=CC=C2Cl)Cl)=C2C21C1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1OC1=C(I)C(O)=C(I)C=C21 STRXNPAVPKGJQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VDNLFJGJEQUWRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N rose bengal free acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1C1=C2C=C(I)C(=O)C(I)=C2OC2=C(I)C(O)=C(I)C=C21 VDNLFJGJEQUWRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- RPQXVSUAYFXFJA-HGRQIUPRSA-N saxitoxin Chemical compound NC(=O)OC[C@@H]1N=C(N)N2CCC(O)(O)[C@@]22N=C(N)N[C@@H]12 RPQXVSUAYFXFJA-HGRQIUPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPQXVSUAYFXFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N saxitoxin hydrate Natural products NC(=O)OCC1N=C(N)N2CCC(O)(O)C22NC(N)=NC12 RPQXVSUAYFXFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001878 scanning electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940007115 shark cartilage extract Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IHQKEDIOMGYHEB-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dimethylarsinate Chemical compound [Na+].C[As](C)([O-])=O IHQKEDIOMGYHEB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008279 sol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005063 solubilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007928 solubilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000013223 sprague-dawley female rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007447 staining method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003429 steroid acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003270 steroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000498 stomach carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052712 strontium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N strontium atom Chemical compound [Sr] CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002210 supercritical carbon dioxide drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000194 supercritical-fluid extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-GIHLXUJPSA-N taurocholic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCS(O)(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@H](O)C1 WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-GIHLXUJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940040944 tetracyclines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CFMYXEVWODSLAX-QOZOJKKESA-N tetrodotoxin Chemical compound O([C@@]([C@H]1O)(O)O[C@H]2[C@@]3(O)CO)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)[C@]11[C@H]2[C@@H](O)N=C(N)N1 CFMYXEVWODSLAX-QOZOJKKESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950010357 tetrodotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CFMYXEVWODSLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrodotoxin Natural products C12C(O)NC(=N)NC2(C2O)C(O)C3C(CO)(O)C1OC2(O)O3 CFMYXEVWODSLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010512 thermal transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 230000009974 thixotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000115 thoracic cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930003799 tocopherol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000011732 tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002640 tocopherol group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019149 tocopherols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930003802 tocotrienol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000011731 tocotrienol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068778 tocotrienols Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019148 tocotrienols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001479 tosylchloramide sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000816 toxic dose Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002110 toxicologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000723 toxicological property Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- GTZCVFVGUGFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-aconitic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)=CC(O)=O GTZCVFVGUGFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-crotonic acid Natural products CC=CC(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004627 transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003628 tricarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GOZBHBFUQHMKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimecaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=C(C)C=C1C GOZBHBFUQHMKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950002569 trimecaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001177 vas deferen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011345 viscous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
- C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
- C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
- C12N5/0652—Cells of skeletal and connective tissues; Mesenchyme
- C12N5/0653—Adipocytes; Adipose tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
- A61K35/12—Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
- A61K35/35—Fat tissue; Adipocytes; Stromal cells; Connective tissues
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L27/00—Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses
- A61L27/36—Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses containing ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof, e.g. transplant tissue, natural bone, extracellular matrix
- A61L27/3604—Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses containing ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof, e.g. transplant tissue, natural bone, extracellular matrix characterised by the human or animal origin of the biological material, e.g. hair, fascia, fish scales, silk, shellac, pericardium, pleura, renal tissue, amniotic membrane, parenchymal tissue, fetal tissue, muscle tissue, fat tissue, enamel
- A61L27/3633—Extracellular matrix [ECM]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2430/00—Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration
- A61L2430/34—Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration for soft tissue reconstruction
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2430/00—Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration
- A61L2430/40—Preparation and treatment of biological tissue for implantation, e.g. decellularisation, cross-linking
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2533/00—Supports or coatings for cell culture, characterised by material
- C12N2533/90—Substrates of biological origin, e.g. extracellular matrix, decellularised tissue
Definitions
- the field of regenerative medicine aims to provide tissue substitutes for reconstruction secondary to trauma, disease or congenital abnormalities. While biomaterials and cells are often employed to regenerate new tissues, these methods tend to be costly and require significant time for new tissue formation. Restoration of soft tissue form is critical for a number of applications including trauma reconstruction, breast reconstruction, and cosmetics (nasolabial folds, wrinkles, etc). In general there are two approaches today; 1.) injection/transfer of biological tissue (fat) or 2.) injection or implantation of a synthetic or naturally derived material. In both cases, the transplanted tissue or biomaterial will eventually be degraded and replacement is required.
- Reconstruction using patient tissue can provide permanent restoration of tissue in some situations.
- breast reconstruction after mastectomy can include the use of tissue flaps of muscle and adipose tissue either from the abdomen or back which are pulled over to the reconstruction site.
- flaps are necessarily limited in size by the amount of tissue present in the woman for use, and transfer of muscle from the abdomen or back can extend recovery time and result in donor site morbidity.
- the persistence of fat transfer varies widely with reports of anywhere between 30-90%. Persistence is also often surgeon and technique dependent. Such loss of persistence requires multiple procedures to maintain the desired correction.
- the donor site morbidity associated with autologous fat transfer is also a significant concern.
- implanted adipose tissue often leads to post-operative calcifications.
- the invention provides processed adipose tissue compositions and methods for their preparation and use.
- compositions including processed adipose tissue having a decellularized adipose tissue extracellular matrix to which viable cells securely attach.
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention may include one or more materials at least one (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12) material from the group consisting of anesthetic, analgesic, antibiotic, antimicrobial, growth factors, cryopreservative, antioxidant, free radical scavenger, caspase inhibitor, vitamin, lipoaspirate, and a cell.
- materials e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12
- the decellularized adipose includes cross-linking agent.
- Crosslinking agents include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, carbodiimide, polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, and acyl azide; or any combination thereof.
- EDC carbodiimide
- HMDC hexamethylene diisocyanate
- gluteraldehyde gluteraldehyde
- the processed adipose tissue further includes a biopolymer scaffold. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue and biopolymer scaffold further include a biopolymer cross-linking agent. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue includes a polymerization initiator.
- Biopolymer scaffolds include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, PEG-DA, chondroitin sulfate, partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-polypropylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates, Ficoll® polysucrose, dextran, heparan sulfate, heparin, alginate, gelatin, collagen, albumin, ovalbumin, and copolymers or blends thereof.
- Polymerization initiators include, but are not limited to, eosin Y, 1-vinyl 2-pyrrolidone NVP, and triethanolamine; and Irgacure D2959.
- the processed adipose tissue is essentially free of a basement membrane. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue includes (i.e., is not essentially free of) a basement membrane.
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention is preferably substantially non-immunogenic when implanted in a subject.
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably contains 0.2 ⁇ g/mg or less (i.e., undetectable level of DNA to 0.2 ⁇ g of DNA), 0.1 ⁇ g/mg or less, 0.05 ⁇ g/mg or less, 0.025 ⁇ g/mg or less, 0.1 ⁇ g/mg or less, or 0.005 ⁇ g/mg or less of DNA.
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably contains 10% or less (i.e., undetectable level of lipid to 10% lipid), 5% or less, 2% or less, 1% or less, 0.5% or less, 0.25% or less, 0.1% or less, 0.05% or less, 0.01% or less, 0.001% or less lipid (w/w).
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has a complex viscosity (ii) of 10 4 -10 5 Pas; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -3 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; 2 ⁇ 10 4 -2 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; 3 ⁇ 10 4 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -8 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; or 1 ⁇ 10 4 -9 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; or any combination of those ranges.
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has a complex modulus (G*) of 10 3 -10 5 Pa; 5 ⁇ 10 3 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 8 ⁇ 10 3 -6 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; 2 ⁇ 10 4 -5 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or 1 ⁇ 10 4 -9 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or any combination of those ranges.
- G* complex modulus
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has an elastic modulus (G′) of 10 3 -10 5 Pa; 5 ⁇ 10 3 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 8 ⁇ 10 3 -6 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; 2 ⁇ 10 4 -5 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or 1 ⁇ 10 4 -9 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or any combination of those ranges.
- G′ elastic modulus
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has a viscous modulus (G′′) of 10 3 -10 5 Pa; 5 ⁇ 10 3 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 8 ⁇ 10 3 -6 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; 2 ⁇ 10 4 -5 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or 1 ⁇ 10 4 -9 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or any combination of those ranges.
- G′′ viscous modulus
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has a tan ( ⁇ ) of 0.1-0.2; 0.1-0.5; 0.1-1.0; 0.1-0.3; 0.1-0.4; 0.1-0.75; 0.05-0.5; or 0.05-2.0; or any combination of those ranges.
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably contains 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more or 90% or more (or any range bracketed by those values) of collagens present in the composition are selected from the group consisting of type I collagen, type II collagen, type III collagen, type IV collagen, type V collagen, type XII collagen.
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably contains 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more or 90% or more (or any range bracketed by those values) of glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) present in the composition are selected from the group consisting of hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, keratan sulfate, heparin sulfate.
- GAGs glycosaminoglycans
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably is insoluble in water.
- the processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably can be prepared using any of the methods provided in the instant application.
- the adipose tissue is human adipose tissue. In certain embodiments, the adipose tissue is porcine adipose tissue. In certain embodiments, the adipose tissue from a live donor. In certain embodiments, the adipose tissue is from a cadaver donor
- the invention provides methods for preparation of processed adipose tissue (PAT), particularly processed human adipose tissue (PhAT), including sequentially providing mammalian tissue comprising solid adipose tissue; isolating the adipose from the non-adipose material in the tissue; and decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose or both.
- the method for decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose include homogenizing or mincing the tissue and manipulating the adipose with a buffer to promote lipid and cell removal to prepare processed adipose tissue.
- the buffers include phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- Agents to promote decellularization can include one or more of a weak acid, such as a weak organic acid, a non-ionic detergent, and a bile acid.
- a buffer to adjust pH of the adipose to physiological pH.
- the invention provides methods for decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose including contacting the adipose with supercritical CO 2 . Methods of the invention also include nuclease treatment of the material to remove nucleic acids.
- the source of the adipose tissue is mammalian adipose tissue.
- the mammalian adipose tissue can be obtained from any mammal, most conveniently from larger mammals to provide sufficient starting material.
- the adipose tissue is human adipose tissue or porcine adipose tissue, from either a live or a cadaver donor.
- the processed adipose tissue is further formed into particles.
- the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue is further contacted a cross-linking agent, to cross-link, for example, the proteins, such as the collagens, present in the processed adipose tissue.
- Cross-linking agents for use in such methods include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, and acyl azide; or any combination thereof.
- EDC carbodiimide
- HMDC hexamethylene diisocyanate
- gluteraldehyde gluteraldehyde
- proanthocyanidin ribose
- threose
- the specific ratio of cross-linker to the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue will depend, for example on the specific cross-linker used and the final use of the processed adipose tissue.
- the amount of cross-linker to be used is determined based on the desired physical properties of the processed adipose tissue that can be determined using standard biophysical or biochemical assay methods.
- the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue is further combined with a biopolymer scaffold.
- the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue and biopolymer scaffold and further combined with a biopolymer cross-linking agent the mixture of which can be further contacted with a polymerization agent, and further optionally a polymerization initiator.
- Biocompatible polymers for use in with the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, PEG-DA, chondroitin sulfate, partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-poly(propylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates, Ficoll® polysucrose, dextran, heparan sulfate, heparin, alginate, gelatin, collagen, albumin, ovalbumin, and copolymers or blends thereof.
- Polymerization initiators for use in with the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue include, but are not limited to, wherein the polymerization initiator comprises an agent selected from the group consisting of eosin Y, 1-vinyl 2-pyrrolidone NVP, and triethanolamine; and Irgacure D2959. In certain embodiments the polymerization initiator includes light.
- Methods for preparation of the processed adipose tissue of provided herein can include contacting the adipose with a nuclease, either a non-specific or site specific DNase and/or RNase.
- a nuclease either a non-specific or site specific DNase and/or RNase.
- the adipose tissue is contacted with the nuclease after decellularization and/or lipid extraction.
- the methods for preparation of the processed adipose tissue can include contacting the adipose with a protease inhibitor at one or more steps of the methods.
- the protease inhibitors are biocompatible, or the protease inhibitors are substantially removed or inactivated during the processing such that the final processed adipose tissue is biocompatible.
- the method optionally includes sterilizing the processed adipose tissue, for example by irradiation or contact with an appropriate gas.
- the processed adipose tissue is combined with other agents including, but not limited to anesthetic, antibiotic, growth factors, cryopreservative, antioxidant, free radical scavenger, caspase inhibitor, vitamin, lipoaspirate, and a cell.
- the additional agents are added prior to storage of the processed adipose tissue. In certain embodiments, the additional agents are added after storage, closer to the time of use of the processed adipose tissue by the end user.
- the processed adipose tissue is essentially free of a basement membrane.
- adipose tissue includes vasculature, and thereby includes basement membranes
- certain processing methods of the invention serve to remove vasculature and thereby remove basement membranes.
- the processed adipose tissue does not define a space or partition a space in the manner of a basement membrane, e.g., provide a cell impervious barrier.
- the processed adipose tissue includes a basement membrane. In certain embodiments of the invention, the processed adipose tissue includes vasculature, or remnants of vasculature, from the original tissue.
- compositions made by any of the methods of the invention.
- compositions provided by the invention can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions, for example injectable or otherwise implantable pharmaceutical compositions.
- kits for making any of the compositions of the invention further provides kits for making any of the compositions of the invention.
- the invention also provides kits containing any of the compositions of the invention for use as a biofiller in a subject. Kits can include instructions for use of the kit.
- Composition provided by the invention can further comprises one or more materials in the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue including, but not limited to, anesthetic, analgesic, antibiotic, antimicrobial, growth factors, cryopreservative, antioxidant, free radical scavenger, caspase inhibitor, vitamin, lipoaspirate, and a cell.
- materials in the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue including, but not limited to, anesthetic, analgesic, antibiotic, antimicrobial, growth factors, cryopreservative, antioxidant, free radical scavenger, caspase inhibitor, vitamin, lipoaspirate, and a cell.
- compositions of the invention further include a cross-linking agent, for example to provide cross-links between the protein molecules, such as the collagen molecules of the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue.
- cross-linking agents include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, carbodiimide, polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, and acyl azide; or any combination thereof.
- EDC carbodiimide
- compositions of the invention further include a biopolymer scaffold, optionally further with one or more of a biopolymer cross-linking agent, a polymerization agent, and a polymerization initiator.
- biopolymer scaffolds include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, PEG-DA, chondroitin sulfate, partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-poly(propylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates, Ficoll® polysucrose, dextran, heparan sulfate, heparin, alginate, gelatin, collagen, albumin, ovalbumin, and copolymers or blends thereof.
- polymerization initiators include, but are not limited to, eosin Y, 1-vinyl 2-pyrrolidone NVP, and triethanol
- the processed adipose tissue does not define or partition a space.
- the compositions provided by the invention have one or more properties that make them useful as biofillers.
- the processed adipose tissue is a decellularized lipid to which viable cells securely attach and can proliferate.
- the composition is substantially non-immunogenic when implanted in a subject.
- the composition is essentially free of DNA, such that the processed adipose tissue has 0.2 ⁇ g/mg or less, 0.2 ⁇ g/mg or less, 0.1 ⁇ g/mg or less, 0.05 ⁇ g/mg or less, 0.025 ⁇ g/mg or less, 0.1 ⁇ g/mg or less, or 0.005 ⁇ g/mg or less of DNA.
- the composition is essentially free of lipid, such that the processed adipose tissue has 10% or less, 5% or less, 2% or less, 1% or less, 0.5% or less, 0.25% or less, 0.1% or less, 0.05% or less, 0.01% or less, 0.001% or less lipid (w/w).
- the biophysical properties of the compositions of the invention can be determined by any known method.
- the processed adipose tissue has a complex viscosity (11) of 10 4 -10 5 Pas; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -3 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; 2 ⁇ 10 4 -2 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; 3 ⁇ 10 4 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -8 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; or 1 ⁇ 10 4 -9 ⁇ 10 5 Pas; or any combination of those ranges.
- the processed adipose tissue has a complex modulus (G*) of 10 3 -10 5 Pa; 5 ⁇ 10 3 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 8 ⁇ 10 3 -6 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; 2 ⁇ 10 4 -5 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or 1 ⁇ 10 4 -9 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or any combination of those ranges.
- the processed adipose tissue has an elastic modulus (G′) of 10 3 -10 5 Pa; 5 ⁇ 10 3 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 8 ⁇ 10 3 -6 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; 2 ⁇ 10 4 -5 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or 1 ⁇ 10 4 -9 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or any combination of those ranges.
- the processed adipose tissue has a viscous modulus (G′′) of 10 3 -10 5 Pa; 5 ⁇ 10 3 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 1 ⁇ 10 4 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa; 8 ⁇ 10 3 -6 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; 2 ⁇ 10 4 -5 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or 1 ⁇ 10 4 -9 ⁇ 10 4 Pa; or any combination of those ranges.
- the processed adipose tissue has a tan ( ⁇ ) of 0.1-0.2; 0.1-0.5; 0.1-1.0; 0.1-0.3; 0.1-0.4; 0.1-0.75; 0.05-0.5; or 0.05-2.0; or any combination of those ranges.
- the processed adipose tissue provided by the invention preferably include 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more or 90% or more of collagens present in the composition are selected from the types present in adipose.
- Type of collagen include type I collagen, type II collagen, type IV collagen, type V collagen, type XII collagen.
- the processed adipose tissue provided by the invention preferably include 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more or 90% or more of glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) present in the composition are selected from the types present in adipose tissue.
- GAGs glycosaminoglycans
- Types of GAGs include hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, keratan sulfate, heparin sulfate.
- the invention provides methods of use of the compositions if the invention including methods of implanting processed adipose tissue in a subject. Such methods include identifying a subject in need of implantation of processed adipose tissue; identifying a site in a subject in need of implantation of processed adipose tissue; and implanting the processed adipose tissue in the subject at the identified site.
- the methods of implantation can be performed using any composition provided herein or made by the methods provided herein.
- Methods for implantation can further include methods for monitoring a subject for persistence of the implanted material and/or infiltration of cells into the implant and/or the tolerance of the subject to the implanted material. Monitoring can be performed using any known method such as the methods provided herein.
- the invention provides methods for preparation of processed adipose tissue (PAT), particularly processed human adipose tissue (PhAT), including sequentially obtaining mammalian tissue comprising solid adipose, such as subcutaneous adipose tissue, isolating the adipose from the non-adipose material in the tissue; for example by scraping, and manipulating the adipose with one or more buffers sequentially to promote lipid and cell removal to prepare processed adipose tissue; or by treatment with supercritical carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,466,923, incorporated herein by reference).
- the mammalian adipose tissue can be obtained from any mammal, most conveniently from larger mammals to provide sufficient starting material.
- Buffers for use during the manipulation of the isolated adipose include buffers of physiological pH and ionic strength, such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or physiological saline. Buffers can further compounds such as weak acid, a weak organic acid, a non-ionic detergent, or a bile acid, or a combination thereof, to promote decellularization or lipid extraction of the solid adipose.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- Buffers can further compounds such as weak acid, a weak organic acid, a non-ionic detergent, or a bile acid, or a combination thereof, to promote decellularization or lipid extraction of the solid adipose.
- the invention provides methods in which the isolated adipose can also be contacted with one or more nucleases, e.g., DNases and RNases, to promote degradation of nucleic acids that may be present in the material.
- nucleases e.g., DNases and RNases
- Contacting with nucleases can be performed at any step, but is preferably performed after the decellularization steps as the decellularization process may break open cells, releasing nucleic acids making them more available for degradation.
- the processed adipose tissue provided by the invention can also include biopolymers and biopolymer cross-linking agents to generate molecular cross-links within and between the biopolymer molecules, in addition to between the biopolymer and the adipose tissue derived material to create a biopolymer scaffold.
- biopolymers can consists of, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, collagen, elastin, and laminins.
- the invention provides methods for forming the processed adipose tissue of the invention into particles, for example to facilitate administration.
- the invention provides methods for optionally combining the processed adipose tissue with one or more cross-linking agents and/or a biopolymer scaffold.
- the biopolymer scaffold can be previously cross-linked (e.g., cross-linked hyaluronic acid), or include functional groups to allow the biopolymer to form a cross-linked structure in the absence of any further agents (e.g., functionalized chondroitin sulfate).
- the biopolymer scaffold can require the use of cross-linking agents and polymerization initiators.
- Polymerization initiators can include chemical initiators or light.
- the invention provides methods for polymerization of the biopolymer scaffold.
- the invention further provides compositions made by any of the methods of the invention, including any processing intermediates.
- the invention further provides for the use of any of the compositions of the instant invention as biomaterials, including any processing intermediates, for example for tissue reconstruction or restoration.
- the invention provides the compositions of the instant invention in an appropriate carrier for administration (e.g., saline, buffers, with or without antibiotics, anesthetics, growth factors, or other extracellular matrix components, or a material that provides viscosity for greater ease of injection.)
- an appropriate carrier for administration e.g., saline, buffers, with or without antibiotics, anesthetics, growth factors, or other extracellular matrix components, or a material that provides viscosity for greater ease of injection.
- acellular is understood as a material that contains no cells, viable or non-viable, whole or fragments, or sufficiently few cells or cellular material such that the cells present are not sufficient to generate an immune response in the subject into which the material is implanted. Cells may be removed from source tissue, for example, by mechanical or chemical methods, or a combination thereof.
- an “acellular adipose biocompatible biomaterial”, also referred to as “processed adipose tissue” or “PAT” is understood as a composition derived from adipose tissue obtained from a donor, for example from a live donor (e.g., autologous donation, byproduct of cosmetic surgical procedure such as liposuction or abdominoplasty) or tissue bank (e.g., live donor, cadaver donor).
- the composition can be derived from subcutaneous fat, visceral fat, white fat, brown fat, a mixed cell population including fat tissue (e.g., a lipoaspirate) or any combination thereof.
- the adipose separated from the non-adipose material in the tissue sample e.g., by scraping the adipose from the dermis or surrounding organ, partitioning the lipoaspirate, etc. to prepare isolated adipose.
- the isolated is treated with chemical and/or mechanical methods to remove the fat cells and the lipid components.
- the material is preferably treated to kill any remaining cells not removed by the process prior to implantation in a subject.
- the material is preferably treated with one or more nucleases, e.g., DNase and/or RNase, to destroy any potentially immunogenic nucleic acids that may be present in the material. As the material is acellular, it is non-immunogenic.
- the composition can be implanted non-autologously. Further, the material can be used as an “off the shelf” product for use in reconstructive and cosmetic surgery procedures.
- the composition can be combined with other materials prior to implantation into the subject, including other biomaterials or biopolymers, and cells or cellular material, for example autologous or donor cells including but not limited to adult stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, adipose derived mesenchymal stem cells, embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, fibroblasts, adipocytes.
- active agent and “biologically active agent” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a chemical or biological compound that induces a desired pharmacological, physiological effect, wherein the effect may be prophylactic or therapeutic.
- the terms also encompass pharmaceutically acceptable, pharmacologically active derivatives of those active agents specifically mentioned herein, including, but not limited to, salts, esters, amides, prodrugs, active metabolites, analogs, and the like.
- active agent “pharmacologically active agent” and “drug” are used, then, it is to be understood that applicants intend to include the active agent per se as well as pharmaceutically acceptable, pharmacologically active salts, esters, amides, prodrugs, metabolites, analogs, etc.
- anesthetic is understood as an agent that provides a lack of sensation or sensitivity.
- an anesthetic is typically a locally acting anesthetic, providing a reduction of sensation or sensitivity to the tissue contacted by the agent.
- Local anesthetics include, but are not limited to benzocaine, chloroprocaine, cocaine, cyclomethycaine, dimethocaine/larocaine, propoxycaine, procaine/novocaine, proparacaine, tetracaine/amethocaine, articaine, bupivacaine, carticaine, cinchocaine/dibucaine, etidocaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine/lignocaine, mepivacaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, ropivacaine, trimecaine, saxitoxin, and tetrodotoxin.
- antibiotic is understood as an agent to destroy or kill pathogens and/or infectious agents, including, but not limited to, bacteria and viruses.
- Antibiotics include, but are not limited to, those which target the bacterial cell wall (penicillins, cephalosporins), or cell membrane (polymixins), or interfere with essential bacterial enzymes (quinolones, sulfonamides) usually are bactericidal in nature.
- Those which target protein synthesis such as the aminoglycosides, macrolides and tetracyclines, are usually bacteriostatic.
- antioxidant is understood as an agent that reduces or prevents the formation of, or reduces or prevents the damage caused by superoxides and/or oxide radicals.
- Antioxidants include free radical scavengers.
- Many vitamins, including vitamin C and vitamin E are antioxidants.
- Other antioxidants include, but are not limited to, ascorbic acid (vitamin C), glutathione, melatonin, and tocopherols and tocotrienols (e.g., vitamin E).
- Antioxidants for use in the invention are preferably biocompatible.
- autologous transplantation, donation, and the like is understood as a procedure in which the source of adipose tissue for implantation into the subject is derived from the same subject.
- Autologous transplantation or donation can include processing of the tissue between harvesting of the tissue from the subject and re-implantation of the tissue into the subject.
- a “basement membrane” is understood as is a thin sheet of fibers that underlies the epithelium, which lines the cavities and surfaces of organs, or the endothelium, which lines the interior surface of blood vessels.
- the primary function of the basement membrane is to anchor down the epithelium to its loose connective tissue underneath. This is achieved by cell-matrix adhesions through cell adhesion molecules (CAMs).
- CAMs cell adhesion molecules
- Basement membrane proteins are secreted by either epidermal or endothelial cells, which usually define a border in the body, usually “in vs out”, to define a lumen in the body, e.g., gut or bladder has an epidermal basement membrane, defining or separating the inside empty space from the outside; or for endothelial cells which border the lumen of a blood vessel, defining inside vs outside.
- Adipose does not define a space or serve to separate an inside vs outside of a body cavity or organ.
- Adipose ECM has basement membrane only to the extent that it has blood vessels, which have basement membranes (and fat as a lot of microvessels). The adipose itself does not include a basement membrane.
- Naturally occurring fat does not include a substantial amount of BM, as does dermis.
- Naturally occurring adipose tissue is composed primarily of lipid. After preparation of the processed adipose tissue material described herein, the material is essentially free of basement membrane, e.g., 80% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more of the material that defines a basement membrane is removed from the processed adipose tissue.
- the basement membrane is typically considered to be capable of enclosing or partitioning a space.
- the composition of the basement membrane is well defined. Therefore, one of skill in the art would be able to determine materials that were derived from a basement membrane.
- the basement membrane is the fusion of two basal laminae. It consists of an electron-dense membrane called the lamina densa, about 30-70 nanometers in thickness, and an underlying network of reticular collagen (type III) fibrils (its precursor is fibroblasts) which average 30 nanometers in diameter and 0.1-2 micrometers in thickness.
- This type III collagen is of the reticular type, in contrast to the fibrillar collagen found in the interstitial matrix. In addition to collagen, this supportive matrix contains intrinsic macromolecular components.
- the Lamina Densa (which is made up of type IV collagen fibers; perlecan (a heparan sulfate proteoglycan) coats these fibers and they are high in heparan sulfate) and the Lamina Lucida (made up of laminin, integrins, entactins, and dystroglycans) together make up the basal lamina.
- Lamina Reticularis attached to basal lamina with anchoring fibrils (type VII collagen fibers) and microfibrils (fibrilin) is collectively known as the basement membrane.
- Bile acid is understood as a steroid acids found predominantly in the bile of mammals. Bile acids can act as detergents and surfactants. Bile acids include, but are not limited to taurocholic acid, glycocholic acid, cholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, deoxycholic acid, and lithocholic acid.
- biocompatible when used in relation to polymers are art-recognized.
- biocompatible polymers include polymers that are neither themselves toxic to the host at the concentrations and quantities used (e.g., an animal or human), nor degrade (if the polymer degrades) at a rate that produces monomeric or oligomeric subunits or other byproducts at toxic concentrations in the host.
- biodegradation generally involves degradation of the polymer in an organism, e.g., into its monomeric subunits, which may be known to be effectively non-toxic.
- biodegradation may involve oxidation or other biochemical reactions that generate molecules other than monomeric subunits of the polymer. Consequently, in certain embodiments, toxicology of a biodegradable polymer intended for in vivo use, such as implantation or injection into a patient, may be determined after one or more toxicity analyses. It is not necessary that any subject composition have a purity of 100% to be deemed biocompatible; indeed, it is only necessary that the subject compositions be biocompatible as set forth above.
- a subject composition may comprise polymers comprising 99%, 98%, 97%, 96%, 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 60%, 50% or even less of biocompatible polymers, e.g., including polymers and other materials and excipients described herein, and still be biocompatible.
- Such assays are well known in the art.
- One example of such an assay may be performed with live carcinoma cells, such as GT3TKB tumor cells, in the following manner the sample is degraded in 1M NaOH at 37° C. until complete degradation is observed. The solution is then neutralized with 1M HCl. About 200 ⁇ L of various concentrations of the degraded sample products are placed in 96-well tissue culture plates and seeded with human gastric carcinoma cells (GT3TKB) at 10 4 /well density. The degraded sample products are incubated with the GT3TKB cells for 48 hours. The results of the assay may be plotted as % relative growth vs.
- GT3TKB human gastric carcinoma cells
- polymers, polymer matrices, and formulations of the present invention may also be evaluated by well-known in vivo tests, such as subcutaneous implantations in rats to confirm that they do not cause significant levels of irritation or inflammation at the subcutaneous implantation site.
- Biocompatible materials can also include naturally derived products appropriate for implantation into a subject, such as the acellular adipose biomaterial provided herein.
- biocompatible biomaterial are materials that can be used for tissue reconstruction, e.g., facial reconstruction, breast reconstruction, injection laryngoplasty; treating HIV protease-induced lipoatrophy; cosmetic surgery e.g., breast, buttock, calf, pectoralis, lip, and cheek augmentation, reversing wrinkles and filling in defects including scars, traumatic injury, congenital defects, surgical scars, burns, and defects from tumor resection, that are acceptable for use in a mammal, preferably in a human subject.
- caspase inhibitor is a class of protease inhibitors that prevent the action of the caspase proteases, also known as cysteine-aspartic acid proteases, which are involved in apoptosis, necrosis, and inflammation.
- Caspase inhibitors include, but are not limited to Caspase Inhibitor I, II, III, Caspase 1 Inhibitor I, II, III, Caspase 2 Inhibitor, Caspase 3 Inhibitor, etc.
- Contacting is understood as bringing two or more components into sufficient proximity (e.g. a biocompatible polymer, a cross-linking agent, a surfactant, and an adipose cell; subcutaneous adipose tissue and peracetic acid) for sufficient time and under appropriate condition of temperature, pressure, pH, ionic strength, etc. to allow for the interaction of the two or more components, e.g., formation of a gelled biopolymer matrix including adipose cells; decellularization of adipose tissue.
- Contacting in the context of the invention can occur in a reaction vessel such as a tube, or in a subject in a body cavity to be filled with a composition of the invention.
- Cross-linked refers to a composition containing intermolecular cross-links and optionally intramolecular cross-links arising from the formation of covalent bonds, ionic bonds, hydrogen bonding, or any combination thereof.
- Cross-linkable refers to a component or compound that is capable of undergoing reaction to form a cross-linked composition.
- cross-linker or a “cross-linking agent” and the like are understood as a compound that includes at least two reactive groups to allow for the formation of a covalent linkage, i.e., a cross-link, between two other molecules with compatible reactive groups.
- Cross-linking reagents contain reactive ends to specific functional groups (primary amines, sulfhydryls, etc.) on proteins or other molecules.
- specific functional groups primary amines, sulfhydryls, etc.
- the cross-linker is used for the formation of a cross-link between two naturally occurring biopolymers, e.g., such as those present in the processed adipose tissue of the instant invention.
- Such cross-linkers include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, carbodiimide (e.g., N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N-ethylcarbodiimide (EDC)), N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS), polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formal
- a “biopolymer cross-linker” and the like is understood as a cross-linker for use with a biopolymer such as artificial biopolymers or chemically modified naturally occurring biopolymers, i.e., not a biopolymer present in adipose tissue.
- biopolymers include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, hydrogels, and other cross-linkable hydrophilic, charged, or otherwise covalently cross-linkable materials discussed herein. The selection of an appropriate cross-linker for use with biopolymers not present in adipose tissue are discussed herein.
- the polymerizable agent of the present invention may comprise monomers, macromers, oligomers, polymers, or a mixture thereof.
- the polymer compositions can consist solely of covalently crosslinkable polymers, or ionically crosslinkable polymers, or polymers crosslinkable by redox chemistry, or polymers crosslinked by hydrogen bonding, or any combination thereof.
- the polymerizable agent should be substantially hydrophilic and biocompatible.
- detecting As used herein, “detecting”, “detection” and the like are understood that an assay or method performed for identification of a specific analyte in a sample.
- the amount of analyte detected in the sample can be none or below the level of detection of the assay or method.
- gel refers to a state of matter between liquid and solid, and is generally defined as a cross-linked polymer network swollen in a liquid medium.
- a gel is a two-phase colloidal dispersion containing both solid and liquid, wherein the amount of solid is greater than that in the two-phase colloidal dispersion referred to as a “sol.”
- a “gel” has some of the properties of a liquid (i.e., the shape is resilient and deformable) and some of the properties of a solid (i.e., the shape is discrete enough to maintain three dimensions on a two dimensional surface).
- Gel time also referred to herein as “gel time,” refers to the time it takes for a composition to become non-flowable under modest stress. This is generally exhibited as reaching a physical state in which the elastic modulus G′ equals or exceeds the viscous modulus G′′, i.e., when tan (delta) becomes 1 (as may be determined using conventional rheological techniques).
- growth factor is understood as a naturally occurring substance capable of stimulating cellular growth, proliferation and cellular differentiation. Usually it is a protein or a steroid hormone. Growth factors are important for regulating a variety of cellular processes including cell growth, differentiation, migration, and angiogenesis. Growth factors typically act as signaling molecules between cells. Examples are cytokines and hormones that bind to specific receptors on the surface of their target cells.
- Growth factors include, but are not limited to, bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs), epidermal growth factor (EGF), erythropoietin (EPO), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), growth differentiation factor-9 (GDF9), hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), insulin-like growth factor (IGF), myostatin (GDF-8), nerve growth factor (NGF) and other neurotrophins, platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), thrombopoietin (TPO), transforming growth factor alpha(TGF- ⁇ ), transforming growth factor beta (TGF- ⁇ ), and vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF).
- BMPs bone morphogenetic proteins
- EGF epidermal growth factor
- EPO erythropoietin
- FGF fibroblast growth factor
- G-CSF granulocyte-colon
- Hyaluronic acid (HA) (also known as “hyaluronan” or “hyaluronate”) is a non-sulfated glycosaminoglycan distributed widely throughout connective, epithelial, and neural tissues. It is one of the chief components of the extracellular matrix, contributes significantly to cell proliferation and migration, and may also be involved in the progression of some malignant tumors.
- the repeating disaccharide unit of HA is (-4GlcUA ⁇ 1-3GlcNAc ⁇ 1-) n .
- Hyaluronic acid can be 25,000 disaccharide repeats in length. Polymers of HA can range in size from 5 to 20,000 kDa in vivo.
- Hyaluronic acid for use in the invention can have a molecular weight of about 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 15, 000, or 20,000 kDa, or any range between any of the two molecular weights provided.
- the specific size of the HA to be used is a matter of choice of the end user. For example, it is well understood that higher molecular weight HA has better viscosity for many applications. Lower molecular weight HA is angiogenic, however, lower molecular weight HA also produces a stronger inflammatory reaction than higher molecular weight HA. Such considerations are well understood by those of skill in the art.
- hydrogel is understood as a hydrophilic cross-linked polymer capable of containing a large volume fraction of water. More preferably hydrogels according to the present invention can contain greater than about 70-90 volume % water. When a hydrophilic polymer is formed in situ, it may inherently acquire water from its environment or from solutions used to create the hydrogel.
- isolated particularly as used in “isolated adipose” is understood as separating the non-adipose tissue or cells from the adipose extracellular matrix, tissue, or cells to allow for preparation of one or more of the biomaterials of the instant invention.
- isolated adipose can include solid isolated adipose, e.g., from tissue samples e.g., such as subcutaneous fat, or liquid isolated adipose, e.g., from lipoaspirate. Isolation does not require that the material is completely free of non-adipose material.
- Isolated adipose is understood as containing at least 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 98% adipose cells, tissue, extracellular matrix, etc.
- adipose can be isolated from a tissue sample including subcutaneous fat by scraping.
- Adipose can be isolated from lipoaspirate by density using methods known in the art.
- kits are understood to contain one or more components for use in a method of the invention, in appropriate packaging or with instructions for use.
- lipoaspirate is an otherwise disposable byproduct of cosmetic surgery procedures such as liposuction.
- mammalian Mammal is understood as any animal of the class mammalian Mammal is understood to include, but is not limited to human and non-human primates, pigs, dogs, cats, cows, mice, rats, horses, and rabbits.
- manipulating is understood as manually (e.g., like kneading bread) or mechanically (e.g., using a mixer, homogenizer, or blender) to work, press, or divide a mass of non-liquid material, e.g., adipose, to contact the material throughout with another material, e.g., a buffer, a dry material, a solvent, a supercritical fluid, an enzyme etc.
- Manipulating can be performed, for example, to promote decellularization and/or lipid removal from adipose.
- ncing is understood as processing material, e.g., fat, for example by grinding or chopping material, or extruding material through a die, optionally repeatedly, to provide material that is finely divided.
- the material is preferably sufficiently fine to allow the agents contacted with the lipid, e.g., acid, detergent, buffer, cross-linking agent, to permeate the material. It is understood that the process of isolation of lipid from tissue necessarily results in providing smaller pieces of tissue.
- Non-ionic detergent as used herein is understood to include, for example, ethoxylated fatty alcohol ethers and lauryl ethers, ethoxylated alkyl phenols, octylphenoxy polyethoxy ethanol compounds, modified oxyethylated and/or oxypropylated straight-chain alcohols, polyethylene glycol monooleate compounds, polysorbate compounds, and phenolic fatty alcohol ethers.
- Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Pluronics from BASF such as those listed as surfactants below
- Tween® 20 Tween® 80, from ICI Americas Inc., Wilmington, Del.
- Tween® 80 Tween® 80
- IconolTM NP-40 polyoxyethylated (20) sorbitan monolaurate
- nuclease is understood as an enzyme that digests one or more nucleic acids, e.g., DNA and RNA.
- Nucleases include, but are not limited to, oligonucleotidase, deoxyribonuclease I, II, IV, restriction enzymes, UVrABC endonuclease, RNase III, RNase H, P, A, T1, and micrococcal nuclease.
- the nuclease for use in the processed adipose tissue of the invention is preferably biocompatible and/or becomes inactivated or can be inactivated prior to delivery of the processed adipose tissue to the subject.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant refers to a carrier or adjuvant that may be administered to a patient, together with a compound of this invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof and is nontoxic when administered in doses sufficient to deliver a therapeutic amount of the compound.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers for use in the invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
- This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example, Tween® 80) and suspending agents.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
- suitable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are mannitol, water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
- Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.
- These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, or carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as emulsions and or suspensions.
- surfactants such as Tweens or Spans and/or other similar emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
- plurality is understood to mean more than one.
- a plurality refers to at least two, three, four, five, 10, 25, 50, 100 or more.
- Polyethylene glycol (PEG) (also known as poly(ethylene oxide) (PEO) or polyoxyethylene (POE)) has the formula HO—(CH 2 —CH 2 —O—) n —H and are typically linear (i.e., unbranched) molecules.
- Polyethylene glycol for use in the compositions and methods of the instant invention have a molecular weight of about 1000 MW to 10,000 MW.
- a polymerizable mixture as used herein is any suitable polymerizable polymer, monomer, or mixture of monomers and polymers that forms: a covalently crosslinked network, with or without the presence of a polymerization initiator, an ionically crosslinked network, or blends of covalently and ionically crosslinked networks.
- Polymerizable mixtures in accordance with the present invention must be able to form polymerized networks that are non-toxic to the cells being encapsulated, or the tissue or subject into which the material is to be implanted.
- a photopolymerizable polymer is any suitable polymer that forms a covalently crosslinked network using radiation provided by an external source, or blends of covalently and ionically crosslinkable or hydrophilic polymers which, when exposed to radiation from an external source, form semi-interpenetrating networks having cells suspended therein.
- Photopolymerizable mixtures in accordance with the present invention must be able to form polymerized networks that are non-toxic to the cells being encapsulated.
- a polymerization initiator is any substance that initiates crosslinking of the polymer to form a hydrogel network, and includes redox agents, divalent cations such as calcium, and substances that form active species when exposed to visible light and/or UV radiation.
- a photoinitiator is a specific type of polymerization initiator that generates an active species when exposed to UV light and/or visible light, and can be used to initiate polymerization (i.e., crosslinking) of the photopolymerizable mixtures.
- Polymerization initiators and photoinitiators in accordance with the present invention must be non-toxic to the cells being encapsulated when used in the amounts required to initiate crosslinking of the polymerizable mixtures.
- a hydrogel for encapsulating living cells is a hydrophilic polymer network with a high water content.
- Such hydrogels in accordance with the present invention may have, for example, a water content greater than about 70-90%.
- Such hydrogels in accordance with the present invention are non-toxic to the encapsulated cells and permit the movement of nutrients to the cells, and waste products away from the cells, through the polymer network.
- a “polymerizing initiator” refers to any substance or stimulus that can initiate polymerization of monomers or macromers by free radical generation.
- Exemplary polymerizing initiators include electromagnetic radiation, heat, and chemical compounds.
- the process of “promoting decellularization and lipid extraction” is understood as chemical or physical treatment and/or manipulation of a sample, such as a tissue sample, to remove cells and lipids from the material.
- the process can include serial rounds of washing and manipulation of the sample in the presence of one or more buffers.
- “Providing,” refers to obtaining, by for example, buying, making, or otherwise coming into possession of.
- “Securely attached viable cells” are understood as living, adherent cells that remain attached to the processed adipose tissue, for example, using routine methods of rinsing cells to exchange growth media. Securely attached viable cells remain attached to the processed adipose tissue, for example, through routine washing methods to image cells attached to the matrix using the methods such as those provided in the examples below.
- viable cells are securely attached, or if a material allows for secure attachment of cells by performing routine cell staining methods (e.g., immunofluorescence, tyrpan blue, etc.) and determining that 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more, 90% or more, or 95% or more of the viable cells originally attached to the processed adipose tissue remain attached after the rinsing and/or washing steps used in cell culture, immunofluorescence staining, or other cell staining and manipulation methods provided herein.
- routine cell staining methods e.g., immunofluorescence, tyrpan blue, etc.
- a “solution” means a solution, a suspension, or a colloid.
- space is used herein to described the location of where a composition of the instant invention is injected or implanted to solidify, and is defined broadly and may include a cavity formed in a mold, a cavity surgically formed in tissue, or a naturally existing cavity in tissue that can be surgically accessed, a wrinkle or other tissue aberration to be repaired using the compositions and methods of the invention.
- subject is understood as an animal, preferably a mammal such as a mouse, rat, dog, cat, monkey, cow, pig, or a human or non-human primate.
- a human subject can also be known as a patient.
- a “substantial immune response” is understood as an immunological response of a subject after implantation of a processed adipose tissue of the invention that requires intervention by a medical professional (e.g., need for removal of the processed adipose tissue, administration of immunosuppressive drugs); or results in substantially reduced lifetime of the implanted processed adipose tissue, for example the duration of the implanted processed adipose tissue is decreased by 50% or more, at least 60% or more, at least 70% or more, at least 80% or more, or at least 90% or more, and wherein the implanted processed adipose tissue is infiltrated with at least one type of inflammatory cell including, but not limited to, macrophages, neutrophils, and eosinophils.
- a substantial immune response does not include temporary and transient (e.g., one week or less, 6 days or less, 5 days or less, 4 days or less, 3 days or less, 2 days or less, or one day or less) of general redness, irritation, and swelling at the site of implantation that is reduced over time, and may not be a response to the implanted tissue per se, but instead to the disruption of the skin or otherwise adjacent tissue due to the disruption or stretching of the skin or tissue associated with implantation.
- temporary and transient e.g., one week or less, 6 days or less, 5 days or less, 4 days or less, 3 days or less, 2 days or less, or one day or less
- “Surfactant” as used herein is a composition for helping emulsification of fat tissue in the described biomaterial, hydrogel, or other biomaterial solution comprising a straight chain polyether surfactant having an HLB (hydrophilic-lipophilic balance) value greater than or equal to 18 or any of combination, which is proved to be safe for clinical use.
- HLB hydrophilic-lipophilic balance
- Straight chain polyether surfactants are available from commercial sources including, but not limited to, BASF Wyandotte Corp (Wyandotte, Mich.) as “PluronicTM”.
- the HLB of a surfactant is known to be a major factor in determining the emulsification characteristics of a polyether surfactant. In general, surfactants with lower HLB values are more lipophilic, while surfactants with higher HLB values are more hydrophilic.
- the HLB values of various poloxamines and poloxamers are provided by BASF Wyandotte Corp.
- Suitable straight chain polyether surfactants having an HLB value greater than or equal to 18, include for example but are not limited to Pluronic F 38 TM (BASF) having a HLB of 31 and average molecular weight (AMW) of 4700; Pluronic F 68 TM (BASF) having a HLB of 29 and AMW of 8400; Pluronic 68LFTM (BASF) having a HLB of 26 and AMW or 7700; Pluronic F 77 TM (BASF) having a HLB of 25 and AMW of 6600; Pluronic F 87 TM (BASF) having a HLB of 24 and AMW of 7700; Pluronic F 88 TM (BASF) having a HLB of 28 and AMW or 11400; Pluronic F 98 TM (BASF) having a HLB of 28 and AMW of 13000; Pluronic F 108 TM (BASF) having a HLB of 27 and AMW of 14600; Pluronic F 127 TM (BASF) having
- the preferred straight chain poly(ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide) (PEO-PPO-PEO) block copolymers having HLB value greater than or equal to 18, Pluronic surfactants are Pluronic F38TM, Pluronic F 68 TM, Pluronic 68LFTM, Pluronic F 77 TM, Pluronic F 87 TM, Pluronic F 88 TM, Pluronic F 98 TM, Pluronic F 108 TM, and Pluronic F 127 TM. More preferred Pluronic surfactants are Pluronic F 127 TM
- polyether surfactants or polyether surfactants in combination in the aqueous composition is from about 2.0 to 10.0 weight percent. More preferably, the total combined amounts range from 4.0 to 8.0 weight percent.
- Wash Acid as used herein is understood herein as an acid that does not dissociate completely in solution, for example, peracetic acid (PAA), acetic acid, boric acid, and phosphoric acid.
- PAA peracetic acid
- acetic acid acetic acid
- boric acid acetic acid
- phosphoric acid phosphoric acid
- Ranges provided herein are understood to be shorthand for all of the values within the range.
- a range of 1 to 50 is understood to include any number, combination of numbers, or sub-range from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, and 50.
- At least a certain value is understood as that value or more. For example, “at least 10,” is understood as “10 or more”; “at least 20” is understood as “20 or more.” As used herein, “less than” a specific value is understood to mean that value and less. For example “less than 10” is understood to mean “10 or less.”
- the term “about” is understood as within a range of normal tolerance in the art, for example within 2 standard deviations of the mean. About can be understood as within 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.1%, 0.05%, or 0.01% of the stated value.
- compositions or methods provided herein can be combined with one or more of any of the other compositions and methods provided herein.
- FIG. 1 shows lipoaspirate adipose tissue for implantation.
- A) shows a lipid and aqueous PEG mixture. The far left tube contains no surfactant. Phase separation is evident. Moving to the right, increased concentrations of surfactant have been added demonstrating improved emulsification;
- B) shows 10% w/v PEG dissolved in varying ratios of lipoaspirate and HA (10%-50%); and
- C) shows an athymic mouse after subcutaneous injections of lipoaspirate and PEG and HA.
- FIG. 2 shows A) a gross image of soft tissue implants on the dorsum of an athymic nude mouse; B) T2 MRI of a Sprague-Dawley rat with soft tissue implants, allowing for volumetric measurements; and C-D) Height and volume of C) commercially available implants and D) cellular adipose tissue either with or without hyaluronic acid are plotted over time and have been found to correlate with known clinical persistence of implanted adipose tissue and commercially available injected dermal fillers.
- FIG. 3 A) shows a sample of donor abdominoplasty skin with underlying subcutaneous adipose tissue, pre-processed. B) shows gross (top) and H&E (bottom) stained images of adipose tissue with varying (0.1%-5%) concentrations of Peracetic Acid (PAA) for 3 or 6 hours. C) shows H&E stain of pre-processed adipose tissue with dark purple (hematoxylin) stained nuclei and empty space architecture reflecting the lipid filled vacuoles. Compared to the gross image of pre-processed adipose tissue (A) a loss of the characteristic yellow color is seen with increasing concentrations of PAA (B).
- PAA Peracetic Acid
- C) shows the dark purple hematoxylin staining of nuclei and vacuolar empty spaces in pre-processed tissue, as seen in (C), is no longer present in the processed tissue (B), confirming that decellularization and the condensation of the ECM occurred during the processing method.
- FIG. 4 DNA assay quantifying the remaining DNA content in sample tissues following the various processing methods as compared to un-processed adipose tissue (control).
- FIG. 5 To confirm that the various processing methods are able to remove immunogenic and inflammatory cellular contents including DNA and lipids, but still preserve ECM components, A) the remaining protein content, B) collagen content, and D) GAG content were quantified and compared to control. C) Type I Collagen immunostaining (brown staining) and E) Safrainin-O (red stain) was done on histological samples corroborating the biochemical assays used to quantify the presence of collagen and GAGs.
- FIG. 6 The biomechanical effects on complex viscosity after adipose tissue is exposed to the various processing methods.
- the complex viscosity decreases as the concentration of PAA used increases.
- FIG. 7 shows A-B) gross images of implanted processed adipose tissue in an athymic mouse 40 days after implantation; C) Implanted processed adipose tissue in a rat at day 45; and D) 4 ⁇ H&E stain of processed adipose tissue following implantation in a rat at day 45.
- FIG. 8 shows the in vivo persistence as measured by A) the volume ratio and B) the height of subcutaneous implants of PAT measured over 21 days in a rat animal model.
- FIG. 9 shows the steps of adipose tissue processing using finely minced adipose tissue.
- A) shows an example of adipose tissue sample obtained from an abdominoplasty procedure.
- B) shows processed adipose tissue matrix after treatment with both 3% PAA and TX-100.
- C) shows a histological image of H&E stained intact adipose tissue, and D) shows a histological image of H&E stained decellularized adipose tissue showing no remnants of cellular components.
- FIG. 10 shows scanning electron microscopy images of processed adipose ECM without (top) cells and seeded with cells for 10 days (bottom) at the indicated magnifications.
- FIG. 11 shows resistance of non-crosslinked and crosslinked PhAT to enzymatic degradation as determined by the percent of total collagen degraded over 24 hours when incubated with collagenase for uncrosslinked control tissue and crosslinked ECM.
- A) shows PhAT (adipose ECM) crosslinked with 5-100 mM EDC.
- B) shows PhAT crosslinked with 1% and 5% HMDC in Tween® 20.
- C) shows PhAT crosslinked with 1% and 5% HMDC in 2-propanol (100%).
- FIG. 12 shows results from a two-week in vivo rat subcutaneous implantation study. Gross (top) and histological (bottom) images of adipose ECM after 2 weeks of implantation by subcutaneous injection for A) uncrosslinked control, B) 5 mM EDC crosslinked, and C) 1% HMDC in Tween-20 crosslinked ECM.
- FIG. 13 shows the histology of subcutaneous implants after two weeks at the (A-F) interface and (G-I) center of the implant. Implanted extracellular matrix is denoted by an asterisk for images taken at the interface for (A, D, G) control, (B, E, H) 5 mM EDC crosslinked, and (C, F, I) 1% HMDC Tween®-20 crosslinked tissue.
- the invention provides biocompatible biomaterials, methods for preparation of the biomaterials, and methods for implantation of the biomaterials of the instant invention.
- Adipose tissue continues to be the tissue of choice in repairing soft tissue defects due to trauma and surgical resections for tumors or congenital defects.
- Current autologous fat transfer techniques have a number of limitations. The persistence of fat transfer varies widely with reports of anywhere between 30-90% in the literature. Persistence is often surgeon, technique, and patient dependent. Such loss of persistence requires multiple procedures to maintain the desired correction. The donor site morbidity associated with autologous fat transfer is also a significant concern.
- implanted adipose tissue often leads to post-operative calcifications.
- tissue substitutes While biomaterials and cells are often employed to regenerate new tissues, these methods tend to be costly and take significant time to form the new tissue. Recently, tissue substitutes have been created from processed skin, bone, bladder, vessels, intestinal and amniotic membranes and are in clinical use for a variety of applications. Various processing methods have been employed to decellularize tissues, leaving behind the extracellular matrix (ECM), which consists of a unique, tissue specific aggregation of the structural and functional proteins ideally suited to support and maintain cells that make up a given tissue. (Reing, 2009 . Tissue Engineering 15:605.)
- ECM extracellular matrix
- the first class of biocompatible biomaterials includes a combination of biomaterial (water, frequently in the form of a hydrogel), and lipid (fat)-soluble molecules in the presence of a surfactant, preferably in conjunction with a scaffold, preferably a biocompatible polymer cross-linkable scaffold.
- This biomaterial is a fat cell-based biomaterial, and the transplant is preferably from an autologous donor.
- the extent of mixing can be modified by the surfactant choice and concentration.
- the fat can be processed as desired and the biomaterial choice can include many of the standard biomaterial components.
- the scaffold provides a three dimensional framework/scaffold for the cells in the fat to better form tissue (i.e., larger volume); and 2) some biomaterials (i.e., hyaluronic acid) can induce vascularization, which helps fat formation, and provide larger volumes. Since this procedure implantation of the biomaterial of the invention is preferably by injection, multiple injections can be made to build larger tissue structures.
- This first class of biocompatible biomaterials allows for the combination of hyaluronic acid, as well as other materials, including hydrogels, with autologous fat through the use of a surfactant system.
- a surfactant system allows for the emulsification of hydrophilic biomaterials and lipids into an otherwise immiscible material.
- the result is an injectable biomaterial with larger volume and enhanced longevity as compared to prior filler materials, thus improving clinical outcome compared to fat or filler transfer alone, while maintaining ease of clinical use and the desired texture.
- the invention provides a second class of biocompatible biomaterial which are acellular adipose biocompatible biomaterials also referred to as processed adipose tissue (PAT).
- the acellular biomaterial is derived from donor adipose tissue, however, as the cellular material is removed from the tissue, it is non-immunogenic and can be used for non-autologous donation. This provides for greater convenience and standardization of biomaterial for use by providing an “off the shelf” biocompatible biomaterial (filler).
- the acellular material is produced, for example, by decellularization, preferably chemical decellularization of adipose tissue. Due to the stiffness of the material, mechanical or manual manipulation is performed on the sample at each wash step to insure proper mixing of the processed tissue samples with the wash solutions.
- Preparation of the acellular adipose biocompatible biomaterial can be accomplished by performance of homogenization and serial washes in sterile saline or buffers for neutralization, preferably followed by serial washes in a solution to further extract the lipid from the cells, for example an organic peroxide such as peracetic acid (about 0.1%-10% v/v, preferably about 0.5% to about 3% v/v, preferably about 1% v/v) or a bile acid such as deoxycholic acid (about 0.1%-10% w/v, preferably about 0.5% to about 2.5% w/v, preferably about 1% w/v).
- an organic peroxide such as peracetic acid (about 0.1%-10% v/v, preferably about 0.5% to about 3% v/v, preferably about 1% v/v) or a bile acid such as deoxycholic acid (about 0.1%-10% w/v, preferably about 0.5% to about 2.5% w/v,
- the acid wash is optionally followed by serial washes in a non-ionic detergent such as those provided herein including Triton-X 100 or Tween 20 (about 0.1%-10% v/v, preferably about 0.5% to about 2.5% v/v, preferably about 1% v/v) in a buffer such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or in water.
- a non-ionic detergent such as those provided herein including Triton-X 100 or Tween 20 (about 0.1%-10% v/v, preferably about 0.5% to about 2.5% v/v, preferably about 1% v/v) in a buffer such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or in water.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- the bile acid, weak acid, and/or non-ionic detergent washes can be followed by washes in an organic solvent such as dichloromethane/methanol (2:1) to remove the remaining lipid in the material and produce
- a supercritical fluid such as liquid carbon dioxide
- the material is then sterilized through any appropriate method including, but not limited to, gamma irradiation and/or treatment with ethylene oxide. This step can be supplemented with any preservation or protective agent in order to reduce damage to the material.
- the processed adipose tissue is then formed into particles of the desired size, preferably to allow for injection, and optionally mixed with the appropriate biomaterials such as polymerizable biopolymer scaffold with or without one or more cross-linking agents prior to injection into the subject.
- the material can be freeze-dried, either before or after formation into particles, for storage and re-hydrated prior to use.
- the injected material is subjected to a cross-linking activator (e.g., an appropriate wavelength of light) after injection.
- a cross-linking activator e.g., an appropriate wavelength of light
- the extra-cellular-matrix (ECM) components, glycoproteins, and gylcosaminoglycans (GAGs) found in subcutaneous adipose tissue have the potential to induce adipogenesis (Uriel et al., 2008, The Role of Adipose Derived Protein Hydrogels in Adipogenesis. Biomaterials. 29:3712-3719, incorporated herein by reference).
- ECM extra-cellular-matrix
- GAGs gylcosaminoglycans
- the methodologies for the fat tissue treatment depend on removal of cells and lipids that cause inflammatory reactions and local toxic reactions, respectively.
- the final, processed adipose tissue (PAT) is acellular and contains little to no lipid remnants, yet retains the native architecture and bioactivity of adipose tissue. Similar to the off-the-shelf acellular dermal product, AllodermTM, which is commonly used for skin replacement and hernia repairs, this PAT would provide both volume and a scaffold for in situ tissue formation in soft tissue reconstruction and augmentation.
- subcutaneous adipose tissue can be processed to remove cells and lipids, while still preserving the native architecture of the extra-cellular-matrix. Histology of the processed tissue is void of nucleated cells and the lipid vacuoles seen in unprocessed adipose tissue (e.g., FIGS. 3 and 9 ).
- the optimal processing method removes all immunogenic components of tissues, such as cells and cellular debris, including lipids, while maintaining the functional and architectural properties of the ECM.
- tissue such as cells and cellular debris, including lipids
- GAG glycosoaminoglycan
- a sample of equal weight now consists of concentrated ECM, effectively concentrating the matrix components and proteins in the resulting material.
- the collagen content of PhAT exposed to 1% for 6 hours and 3% for 3 or 6 hours of peracetic acid (30-45 ⁇ g/mg) was significantly greater than control (2 ⁇ g/mg, p ⁇ 0.05, FIG. 5A-C ). Exposure to 1% for 3 hours does not sufficiently remove lipids explains why this concentration effect was not seen, and collagen content was similar to control.
- PhAT processed with 3% peracetic acid for 3 hours most closely resembled the pre-processed adipose tissue. When incubated in acid for 6 hours, this PhAT became indistinguishable from the 5% ⁇ 3 hour PhAT. The greatest decrease in complex modulus occurred when PhAT was produced following exposure to 5% peracetic acid for 6 hours.
- the histological appearance of the tissue at harvest time demonstrates far greater tissue density than its appearance pre-implant, indicating that though some initial degradation may account for the decrease in the volume of the implant over time, tissue compaction underneath the muscular skin of a rat may also be contributing to the initial decrease in volume.
- PhAT prepared using PAA/TX-100/DNAse I were similar to those prepared without DNAse I. Further, cross-linking of PhAT provided a more protease resistant material that was still biocompatible.
- PhAT peracetic acid
- volume persistence is another concern in clinical use of this material. Caliper measurement studies indicated an initial dropping in volume, however, when the material was harvested, both grossly and histologically, a far more dense material was retrieved. Without being bound by mechanism, we believe compaction of the material, in addition to some degradation, can explain the persistence plot. As a biological material, we expect some degradation to occur as the PhAT is being incorporated and remodeled, however, tissue that becomes fully incorporated will have long-lasting persistence.
- Decellularized tissue has made an important contribution to reconstructive surgery. Used clinically, acellular dermis and bone have shown to facilitate tissue integration and restoration. Though others, such as Flynn et al., have decellularized various tissue, such as placenta, with the aim of creating a scaffold for adipogenesis, this technique has yet to be applied directly to adipose tissue. As our understanding of the role of the extracellular matrix in tissue production expands, it is clear that matrix components do not just serve a structural role in tissue, but actively participate in the instructional aspect of cellular proliferation, migration, and differentiation, and ultimately, tissue formation. Much has recently been elucidated about the role of the various ECM degradation components in influencing cell migration and proliferation.
- PhAT prepared with 3% PAA had rheological properties in the same order of magnitude as unprocessed adipose tissue and was also able to support cellular adhesion when seeded with MSCs, indicating that the processing method does not significantly alter its structural and biological properties.
- the invention provides for the use of injectable biomaterials, including breast augmentation, to which the biocompatible biomaterials of the invention are uniquely suited.
- the use of the biomaterials of the invention provide solutions to problems with prior fillers and allow for elimination of scar, reduced surgical and anesthesia time, eliminations of foreign body reaction to a synthetic breast implant, as well as providing a more natural feel, for example in breast reconstruction.
- compositions and methods provided herein overcome these limitations through the use of a surfactant, thus facilitating the application of a variety of biomaterials to lipid tissue.
- the compositions of the invention provide a scaffold for fat cells without requiring the incorporation of the fat cells into the biomaterial.
- compositions of the invention utilize the dual nature of hyaluronic acid and other biomaterials, behaving as both a scaffold in addition to a volume enhancing biomaterial, therefore providing a network that allows cellular attachment, vascular ingrowth, and interaction with growth factors, which addresses the problem of cellular death believed to be responsible for poor fat graft survival.
- the PAT of the instant invention can be combined with fresh autologous lipoaspirate or other cell containing mixtures, with natural biomaterials, such as hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, collagen, elastin, or laminin, for example, or other biomaterials such as biocompatible polymers and adhesives for use for any of a number of applications.
- the invention provides a surfactant system to allow the combination of various hydrophilic scaffolds, including commercially available hyaluronic acid and hydrogels, to hydrophobic adipose tissue to be used in fat transfer.
- various hydrophilic scaffolds including commercially available hyaluronic acid and hydrogels
- hydrophobic adipose tissue to be used in fat transfer.
- lipoaspirate is injected in desired locations unprocessed.
- a surfactant system provided herein, it is now possible to appropriately emulsify hydrophilic biomaterials with adipose tissue, prior to re-injection of lipoaspirate. This has the desired effect of enhancing the survival of the autologous fat grafts by providing mature and pre-adipocytes with a scaffold to which to adhere.
- the use of a biomaterial scaffold as the delivery agent enables the incorporation of various growth promoting factors to stimulate adipogenesis thereby promoting graft survival, another novelty to current fat transfer techniques
- Modifications of the invention include the use of various surfactants, provided herein, particularly for use with the cellular biomaterial.
- PEG-A Poly(ethylene-glycol) diacrylate
- HA hyaluronic acid
- the invention further provides for the incorporation of Mesenchymal Stem Cells (MSCs), Embryonic Stem Cells (ES), Adipose Tissue Derived Stem Cells (ASCs), fibroblasts as well as other cell types into the biomaterial encapsulated lipoaspirate.
- MSCs Mesenchymal Stem Cells
- ES Embryonic Stem Cells
- ASCs Adipose Tissue Derived Stem Cells
- fibroblasts as well as other cell types into the biomaterial encapsulated lipoaspirate.
- Further variations include scaffold modifications to include peptides, hormones, growth factors, vitamins, receptors, drugs, and other regulatory factors.
- Clinical application includes facial reconstruction, breast reconstruction, injection laryngoplasty, treating HIV protease-induced lipoatrophy, cosmetic surgery including breast, buttock, calf, pectoralis, lip, and cheek augmentation, reversing wrinkles and filling in defects including scars, traumatic injury, congenital defects, surgical scars, burns, and defects from tumor resection.
- Suitable hydrophilic polymers include synthetic polymers such as poly(ethylene glycol), poly(ethylene oxide), partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-polypropylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, and natural polymers such as polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates such as FicollTM, polysucrose, hyaluronic acid, dextran, heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, heparin, or alginate, and proteins such as gelatin, collagen, albumin, or ovalbumin or copolymers or blends thereof.
- celluloses includes cellulose and derivatives of the types described above; “dextracyl
- Alginate is a carbohydrate polymer isolated from seaweed, which can be crosslinked to form a hydrogel by exposure to a divalent cation such as calcium, as described, for example in WO 94/25080, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Alginate is ionically crosslinked in the presence of divalent cations, in water, at room temperature, to form a hydrogel matrix. Modified alginate derivatives may be synthesized which have an improved ability to form hydrogels. The use of alginate as the starting material is advantageous because it is available from more than one source, and is available in good purity and characterization.
- modified alginates refers to chemically modified alginates with modified hydrogel properties.
- Naturally occurring alginate may be chemically modified to produce alginate polymer derivatives that degrade more quickly.
- alginate may be chemically cleaved to produce smaller blocks of gellable oligosaccharide blocks and a linear copolymer may be formed with another preselected moiety, e.g. lactic acid or epsilon-caprolactone.
- the resulting polymer includes alginate blocks which permit ionically catalyzed gelling, and oligoester blocks which produce more rapid degradation depending on the synthetic design.
- alginate polymers may be used wherein the ratio of mannuronic acid to guluronic acid does not produce a film gel, which are derivatized with hydrophobic, water-labile chains, e.g., oligomers of epsilon-caprolactone.
- hydrophobic interactions induce gelation, until they degrade in the body.
- polysaccharides which gel by exposure to monovalent cations including bacterial polysaccharides, such as gellan gum, and plant polysaccharides, such as carrageenans, may be crosslinked to form a hydrogel using methods analogous to those available for the crosslinking of alginates described above.
- Polysaccharides which gel in the presence of monovalent cations form hydrogels upon exposure, for example, to a solution comprising physiological levels of sodium.
- Hydrogel precursor solutions also may be osmotically adjusted with a non-ion, such as mannitol, and then injected to form a gel.
- hyaluronic acid which forms an injectable gel with a consistency like a hair gel
- Modified hyaluronic acid derivatives are particularly useful.
- hyaluronic acids refers to natural and chemically modified hyaluronic acids. Modified hyaluronic acids may be designed and synthesized with preselected chemical modifications to adjust the rate and degree of crosslinking and biodegradation.
- modified hyaluronic acids may be designed and synthesized which are esterified with a relatively hydrophobic group such as propionic acid or benzylic acid to render the polymer more hydrophobic and gel-forming, or which are grafted with amines to promote electrostatic self-assembly.
- Modified hyaluronic acids thus may be synthesized which are injectable, in that they flow under stress, but maintain a gel-like structure when not under stress.
- Hyaluronic acid and hyaluronic derivatives are available from Genzyme, Cambridge, Mass. and Fidia, Italy.
- polymeric hydrogel precursors include polyethylene oxide-polypropylene glycol block copolymers such as PluronicsTM or TetronicsTM, which are crosslinked by hydrogen bonding and/or by a temperature change, as described in Steinleitner et al., Obstetrics & Gynecology, vol. 77, pp. 48-52 (1991); and Steinleitner et al., Fertility and Sterility, vol. 57, pp. 305-308 (1992).
- Other materials which may be utilized include proteins such as fibrin, collagen and gelatin.
- Polymer mixtures also may be utilized. For example, a mixture of polyethylene oxide and polyacrylic acid which gels by hydrogen bonding upon mixing may be utilized.
- a mixture of a 5% w/w solution of polyacrylic acid with a 5% w/w polyethylene oxide (polyethylene glycol, polyoxyethylene) 100,000 can be combined to form a gel over the course of time, e.g., as quickly as within a few seconds.
- Water soluble polymers with charged side groups may be crosslinked by reacting the polymer with an aqueous solution containing ions of the opposite charge, either cations if the polymer has acidic side groups or anions if the polymer has basic side groups.
- cations for cross-linking of the polymers with acidic side groups to form a hydrogel are monovalent cations such as sodium, divalent cations such as calcium, and multivalent cations such as copper, calcium, aluminum, magnesium, strontium, barium, and tin, and di-, tri- or tetra-functional organic cations such as alkylammonium salts.
- Aqueous solutions of the salts of these cations are added to the polymers to form soft, highly swollen hydrogels and membranes.
- concentration of cation or the higher the valence, the greater the degree of cross-linking of the polymer.
- the polymers may be crosslinked enzymatically, e.g., fibrin with thrombin.
- Suitable ionically crosslinkable groups include phenols, amines, imines, amides, carboxylic acids, sulfonic acids and phosphate groups.
- Negatively charged groups such as carboxylate, sulfonate and phosphate ions, can be crosslinked with cations such as calcium ions. The crosslinking of alginate with calcium ions is an example of this type of ionic crosslinking.
- Positively charged groups, such as ammonium ions can be crosslinked with negatively charged ions such as carboxylate, sulfonate and phosphate ions.
- the negatively charged ions contain more than one carboxylate, sulfonate or phosphate group.
- the preferred anions for cross-linking of the polymers to form a hydrogel are monovalent, divalent or trivalent anions such as low molecular weight dicarboxylic acids, for example, terepthalic acid, sulfate ions and carbonate ions.
- Aqueous solutions of the salts of these anions are added to the polymers to form soft, highly swollen hydrogels and membranes, as described with respect to cations.
- polycations can be used to complex and thereby stabilize the polymer hydrogel into a semi-permeable surface membrane.
- materials that can be used include polymers having basic reactive groups such as amine or imine groups, having a preferred molecular weight between 3,000 and 100,000, such as polyethylenimine and polylysine. These are commercially available.
- One polycation is poly(L-lysine); examples of synthetic polyamines are: polyethyleneimine, poly(vinylamine), and poly(allyl amine)
- polysaccharide, chitosan There are also natural polycations such as the polysaccharide, chitosan.
- Polyanions that can be used to form a semi-permeable membrane by reaction with basic surface groups on the polymer hydrogel include polymers and copolymers of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and other derivatives of acrylic acid, polymers with pendant 503H groups such as sulfonated polystyrene, and polystyrene with carboxylic acid groups. These polymers can be modified to contain active species polymerizable groups and/or ionically crosslinkable groups. Methods for modifying hydrophilic polymers to include these groups are well known to those of skill in the art.
- the polymers may be intrinsically biodegradable, but are preferably of low biodegradability (for predictability of dissolution) but of sufficiently low molecular weight to allow excretion.
- the maximum molecular weight to allow excretion in human beings (or other species in which use is intended) will vary with polymer type, but will often be about 20,000 Daltons or below.
- Usable, but less preferable for general use because of intrinsic biodegradability are water-soluble natural polymers and synthetic equivalents or derivatives, including polypeptides, polynucleotides, and degradable polysaccharides.
- the polymers can be a single block with a molecular weight of at least 600, preferably 2000 or more, and more preferably at least 3000.
- the polymers can include can be two or more water-soluble blocks which are joined by other groups.
- Such joining groups can include biodegradable linkages, polymerizable linkages, or both.
- an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid such as maleic, fumaric, or aconitic acid
- hydrophilic polymers containing hydroxy groups such as polyethylene glycols
- Covalently crosslinkable hydrogel precursors also are useful.
- a water soluble polyamine such as chitosan
- a water soluble diisothiocyanate such as polyethylene glycol diisothiocyanate.
- the isothiocyanates will react with the amines to form a chemically crosslinked gel.
- Aldehyde reactions with amines, e.g., with polyethylene glycol dialdehyde also may be utilized.
- a hydroxylated water soluble polymer also may be utilized.
- polymers may be utilized which include substituents which are crosslinked by a radical reaction upon contact with a radical initiator.
- polymers including ethylenically unsaturated groups which can be photochemically crosslinked may be utilized, as disclosed in WO 93/17669, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- water soluble macromers that include at least one water soluble region, a biodegradable region, and at least two free radical-polymerizable regions, are provided. The macromers are polymerized by exposure of the polymerizable regions to free radicals generated, for example, by photosensitive chemicals and or light.
- Examples of these macromers are PEG-oligolactyl-acrylates, wherein the acrylate groups are polymerized using radical initiating systems, such as an eosin dye, or by brief exposure to ultraviolet or visible light. Additionally, water soluble polymers which include cinnamoyl groups which may be photochemically crosslinked may be utilized, as disclosed in Matsuda et al., ASAIO Trans., vol. 38, pp. 154-157 (1992).
- active species polymerizable group is defined as a reactive functional group that has the capacity to form additional covalent bonds resulting in polymer interlinking upon exposure to active species.
- Active species include free radicals, cations, and anions.
- Suitable free radical polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated groups (i.e., vinyl groups) such as vinyl ethers, allyl groups, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, and unsaturated tricarboxylic acids.
- Unsaturated monocarboxylic acids include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and crotonic acid.
- Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids include maleic, fumaric, itaconic, mesaconic or citraconic acid.
- the active species polymerizable groups are preferably located at one or more ends of the hydrophilic polymer. In another embodiment, the active species polymerizable groups are located within a block copolymer with one or more hydrophilic polymers forming the individual blocks.
- the preferred polymerizable groups are acrylates, diacrylates, oligoacrylates, dimethacrylates, oligomethacrylates, and other biologically acceptable photopolymerizable groups. Acrylates are the most preferred active species polymerizable group.
- the polymers are at least partially soluble in aqueous solutions, such as water, buffered salt solutions, or aqueous alcohol solutions.
- aqueous solutions such as water, buffered salt solutions, or aqueous alcohol solutions.
- Methods for the synthesis of the other polymers described above are known to those skilled in the art. See, for example Concise Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Polymeric Amines and Ammonium Salts, E. Goethals, editor (Pergamen Press, Elmsford, N.Y. 1980). Many polymers, such as poly(acrylic acid), are commercially available.
- Naturally occurring and synthetic polymers may be modified using chemical reactions available in the art and described, for example, in March, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” 4th Edition, 1992, Wiley-Interscience Publication, New York. Such methods may be used to, for example, introduce acrylate groups as described herein.
- the hydrophilic polymers that include active species or crosslinkable groups include at least 1.02 polymerizable or crosslinkable groups on average, and, more preferably, each includes two or more polymerizable or crosslinkable groups on average. Because each polymerizable group will polymerize into a chain, crosslinked hydrogels can be produced using only slightly more than one reactive group per polymer (i.e., about 1.02 polymerizable groups on average). However, higher percentages are preferable, and excellent gels can be obtained in polymer mixtures in which most or all of the molecules have two or more reactive double bonds. Poloxamines, an example of a hydrophilic polymer, have four arms and thus may readily be modified to include four polymerizable groups.
- the compositions of the invention are prepared and injected directly into a site where it is desired to implant the material.
- the material is preferably injected prior to crosslinking of the polymer to form the hydrogel.
- the crosslinking occurs sufficiently rapidly such that there is no substantial migration of the biomaterial away from the site of injection.
- the site, or sites, where the biomaterials of the invention are to be injected is determined based on individual need, as is the requisite number of cells when the biomaterial contains cells.
- the composition can be injected via a syringe and needle or any appropriately designed injection apparatus or minimally invasive implantation device directly into a specific area wherever a bulking agent is desired, i.e., a soft tissue deformity such as that seen post-operatively or with areas of muscle atrophy due to congenital or acquired diseases or secondary to trauma, burns, and the like.
- a bulking agent i.e., a soft tissue deformity such as that seen post-operatively or with areas of muscle atrophy due to congenital or acquired diseases or secondary to trauma, burns, and the like.
- An example of this would be the injection of the composition in the breast area after mastectomy or in the upper torso of a patient with muscular atrophy secondary to nerve damage.
- the suspension can also be injected percutaneously by direct palpation, such as by placing a needle inside the vas deferens and occluding the same with the injected bulking substance, thus rendering the patient infertile.
- the suspension can also be injected through a catheter or needle with fluoroscopic, sonographic, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging or other type of radiologic guidance. This would allow for placement or injection of this substance either by vascular access or percutaneous access to specific organs or other tissue regions in the body, wherever a bulking agent would be required. Further, this substance could be injected through a laparoscope or thoracoscope to any intraperitoneal or extraperitoneal or thoracic organ.
- various additives can be included in the hydrogel solution such as 100 U/ml of penicillin and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin to inhibit microbacterial contamination.
- the bioactive additives could include, singly or in combination, growth factors, cell differentiation factors, other cellular mediators, nutrients, antibiotics, anti-inflammatories, and other pharmaceuticals.
- HBGF heparin binding growth factor
- TGF ⁇ or TGF ⁇ transforming growth factor
- FGF alpha fibroblastic growth factor
- EGF epidermal growth factor
- VEGF vascular endothelium growth factor
- various angiogenic factors growth factors, nerve growth factor (NGF), and muscle morphologic growth factor.
- the hydrogel solution optionally includes a suitable non-toxic polymerization initiator, mixed thoroughly to make a final concentration of 0.05% w/v.
- a suitable non-toxic polymerization initiator such as PEGDA or PEODA are selected as the polymers
- the polymerization initiator is preferably added and selected to be the photoinitiator IgracureTM 2959 (commercially available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp., Tarrytown, N.Y.), although other suitable photoinitiators can be used.
- Suitable hydrophilic polymers include synthetic polymers such as partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-poly(propylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, and natural polymers such as polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates such as Ficoll® polysucrose, hyaluronic acid, dextran, heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, heparin, or alginate, and proteins such as gelatin, collagen, albumin, or ovalbumin or
- celluloses includes cellulose and derivatives of the types described above; “dextran” includes dextran and similar derivatives thereof.
- This list of photopolymerizable mixtures is meant to be illustrative and not exhaustive.
- other photopolymerizable mixtures suitable for application in the present invention are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,224,893 B1, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- photoinitiator is IgracureTM 2959
- various other photoinitiators can be used instead.
- HPK which is commercially available from Polysciences
- various dyes and an amine catalyst are known to form an active species when exposed to external radiation. Specifically, light absorption by the dye causes the dye to assume a triplet state, which subsequently reacts with the amine to form the active species that initiates polymerization.
- polymerization can be initiated by irradiation with light at a wavelength of between about 200-700 nm, most preferably in the long wavelength ultraviolet range or visible range, 320 nm or higher, and most preferably between about 365 and 514 nm.
- dyes can be used for photopolymerization, and these include erythrosin, phloxime, rose bengal, thonine, camphorquinone, ethyl eosin, eosin, methylene blue, riboflavin, 2,2-dimethyl-2-phenylacetophenone, 2-methoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenyl acetophenone, other acetophenone derivatives, and camphorquinone.
- Suitable cocatalysts include amines such as N-methyl diethanolamine, N,N-dimethyl benzylamine, triethanol amine, triethylamine, dibenzyl amine, N-benzylethanolamine, N-isopropyl benzylamine Triethanolamine is a preferred co-catalyst with one of these dyes. Photopolymerization of these polymer solutions is based on the knowledge that combinations of polymers and photoinitiators (in a concentration not toxic to the cells, less than 0.1% by weight, more preferably between 0.05 and 0.01% by weight percent initiator) will crosslink upon exposure to light equivalent to between one and 3 mWatts/cm 2 .
- hydrogels While photopolymers are preferred for making the hydrogels, because it is convenient to control polymerization using external radiation supplied through a surgical scope, the present invention can be practiced using other polymer materials and polymerization initiators. Examples of other materials which can be used to form a hydrogel include (a) modified alginates, (b) polysaccharides (e.g.
- gellan gum and carrageenans which gel by exposure to monovalent cations
- polysaccharides e.g., hyaluronic acid
- polymeric hydrogel precursors e.g., polyethylene oxide-polypropylene glycol block copolymers and proteins
- Polymerizable agents for use in the instant invention may comprise monomers, macromers, oligomers, polymers, or a mixture thereof.
- the polymer compositions can consist solely of covalently crosslinkable polymers, or blends of covalently and ionically crosslinkable or hydrophilic polymers.
- acellular biological tissues can provide a natural microenvironment for host cell migration and may be used as a scaffold for tissue regeneration.
- biological tissues have to be fixed with a crosslinking agent before implantation.
- a cell extraction process was employed to remove the cellular components from bovine pericardia.
- the acellular tissues then were fixed with genipin, a cross-linker, at various known concentrations to obtain varying degrees of cross-linking. It was shown in the in vitro degradation study that after fixing with genipin, the resistance against enzymatic degradation of the acellular tissue increased significantly with increasing its crosslinking degree.
- tissue regeneration (fibroblasts, neo-collagen fibrils, and neo-capillaries) was observed for the 60%- and 95%-degree-cross-linking acellular tissues by the histological examination, immunohistological staining, transmission electron microscopy, and denaturation temperature measurement.
- the 95%-degree-cross-linking acellular tissue was more resistant against enzymatic degradation than its 60%-degree-crosslinking counterpart. Consequently, tissue regeneration was limited in the outer layer of the 95%-degree-crosslinking acellular tissue throughout the entire course of the study (1-year postoperatively), while tissue regeneration was observed within the entire sample for the 60%-degree-crosslinking acellular tissue.
- acellular tissues can be fixed in an aqueous genipin (Challenge Bioproducts, Taichung, Taiwan) solution at various known concentrations buffered with phosphate buffered saline (PBS, 0.1 m, pH 7.4, Sigma Chemical Co.) at 37° C. for 3 days.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- the degree of crosslinking can be determined by the ninhydrin assay (Stryer, Biochemistry, 3 rd . ed, New York, Freeman, 1988, 50-55, incorporated herein by reference) or using a commercially available kit such as those offered by AnaSpec.
- the amount of cross-linking is defined as the percentage of free amino groups in acellular tissues reacted with a cross-linking agent such as genipin subsequent to fixation.
- the denaturation temperature of each studied group can be measured, for example, in a Perkin-Elmer differential scanning calorimeter (Model DSC 7, Norwalk, Conn., USA). This technique has been widely used in studying the thermal transition of collagenous biomaterials. A heating rate was 5° C./min can be used. Typically, the temperature scanned is in an approximate range of (Td225° C.) ⁇ T ⁇ (Td+10° C.); where Td is the relevant denaturation temperature.
- Td is the relevant denaturation temperature.
- the use of a sealed aluminum pan is recommended for volatile compounds.
- the specific amount of cross-linker, the cross-linking time, and the cross-linking temperature can be varied depending on the specific cross-linker or cross-linkers used, and on the desired level of cross-linking depending on the final use of the processed adipose tissue.
- the processed adipose tissue has 40%-degree cross-linking to 95%-degree cross-linking.
- the processed adipose tissue has 50%-degree cross-linking to 90%-degree cross-linking.
- the processed adipose tissue has 60%-degree cross-linking to 90%-degree cross-linking.
- the processed adipose tissue has 60%-degree cross-linking to 80%-degree cross-linking. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has 50%-degree cross-linking to 75%-degree cross-linking.
- Cross-linkers for use with biological tissue derived material such as the processed adipose tissue of the instant invention include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, carbodiimide, polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, and acyl azide
- EDC carbodiimide
- HMDC hexamethylene diisocyanate
- gluteraldehyde gluteraldehyde
- Supercritical fluids technology can be used for the extraction of adipose tissue in for the preparation of processed adipose tissue herein.
- Supercritical fluids are often referred to as dense gases.
- an SCF is a gas existing above its critical temperature and critical pressure, as defined in the phase diagram of the pure substance. When a gas is compressed above its critical temperature, densities increase dramatically. Therefore, under a given set of conditions, an SCF may possess the density of a liquid while maintaining the diffusivity of a gas.
- the solvent properties of SCF's have been recognized for over 100 years but commercial applications have been slow in developing.
- SC—CO 2 is an ideal solvent because it is nontoxic, nonexplosive, cheap, readily available, and easily removed from the extracted products. Methods for extraction of lipids using SC CO 2 are provided, for example in U.S. Pat. No. 4,466,923 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the processed adipose tissue materials provided herein are rheologically defined as viscoelastic materials.
- a viscoelastic material has viscous (liquid-like) and elastic (solid-like) characteristics when stress is applied (deformation).
- a viscous material like honey, moves or flows when deformed and does not return to the original state when the deforming stress is removed.
- An elastic material like rubber, moves when deformed but returns to the original state once the deforming stress is removed.
- low- and high-stress environments are important, because they are subject to high and low stress during use.
- the viscoelastic characteristics of the processed adipose tissue can be described by estimating the elastic modulus (G′) and the viscous, or loss, modulus (G′′) using a rheometer in a single programmed run.
- a lower tan corresponds to a stiffer, more solid or elastic-like gel.
- the specific G′, G′′, and tan can be modulated in the processed adipose tissue by adjusting the concentration of the processed adipose tissue material for delivery, the concentration of the cross-linker, with or without biopolymer, and other factors.
- FIGS. 1-2 were performed using a lipoaspirate starting material.
- the results shown in FIGS. 3-13 were performed with solid, subcutaneous adipose tissue as a starting material.
- FIGS. 3-8 show results from experiments performed with less finely minced starting material treated with PAA and DNAse I, but not with TX-100.
- FIGS. 9-13 show results from experiments performed with more finely minced starting materials typically treated with PAA, TX-100, and DNAse I.
- the specific reagents used to prepare the processed human adipose tissue (PhAT) are discussed in further detail below in the examples that discuss the Figures and in the Figure Legends provided above.
- a lipoaspirate was obtained using standard minimally invasive surgical techniques. Tumescent fluid was removed and the lipoaspirate was placed on ice until next step. The lipoaspirate was combined with various surfactants and scaffolds for the preparation of the biocompatible biomaterial.
- Hyaluronic acid was emulsified with cellularized lipoaspirate in a 1:1 ratio with the addition of 5% Pluronic surfactant.
- FIG. 1 shows emulsification of the lipoaspirate and aqueous PEG mixture in the absence or presence of surfactant.
- the far left tube contains no surfactant. Phase separation between the aqueous and lipid layers of the mixture is evident. Moving to the right, increased concentrations of surfactant were added, and improved emulsification was observed.
- the HA used was a commercially available crosslinked HA which requires no cross-linker and can be molded by hand.
- a photoinitiator was prepared and added for the polymerization of the PEG-DA mixture.
- Initiator solution was prepared by dissolving eosin Y disodium salt (Sigma-Aldrich CAT #45235, which absorbs most strongly in the 450-550 nm wavelength range) in PBS (GIBCO CAT #14190342) (1.375 mg/ml Eosin Y).
- 100 mg (10% w/v) PEODA 3.4 KD MW SunBio CAT #P2AC-3
- Final solutions were prepared by mixing this PEODA solution with 30 ⁇ l of triethanolamine (Sigma-Aldrich #90278) and 1 ml of lipoaspirate
- FIG. 1B shows 10% w/v PEG dissolved in varying ratios of lipoaspirate in the presence of surfactant and HA (10%-50%).
- the lipoaspirate/PEG/HA can be formed into implants of the desired shape for implantation.
- the lipoaspirate material can be injected and cross-linked in situ. Prior to injection, the mixtures were vortexed until mixture appeared to have a homogeneous distribution of fat.
- the PEG-DA/liopaspirate mixture was injected subcutaneoulsy and a light source (e.g., light emitting diode) was applied to provide Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) in the case of hydrogel.
- IPL Intense Pulsed Light
- Methods for transdermal photopolymerization are well known in the art (see, e.g., Elisseeff et al, Transdermal photopolymerization for minimally invasive implantation, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA. 96:3104-3107, incorporated herein by reference).
- FIG. 1C shows an athymic mouse after subcutaneous injections of lipoaspirate and PEG and HA. Raised bumps of cross-linked lipoaspirate can be readily seen.
- a preclinical animal model has been developed and validated to predict the lifetime or persistence and tolerability of soft tissue substitutes.
- the persistence of subcutaneous injections of various soft tissue materials including human adipose tissue and commercially available hyaluronic acid dermal fillers, in both athymic mice and Sprague-Dawley rats, correlates with the known clinical persistence of these materials.
- Persistence of the cell based biomaterials of the invention have been confirmed using MRI volumetric measurements. However, assessment can also be performed using calipers to determine height and width of the injected material.
- FIG. 2A shows an athymic nude mouse injected with various biofillers. The injection sites are indicated with stars.
- FIG. 2B shows an image of a T2 MRI of a Sprague-Dawley rat similarly injected with soft tissue implants, allowing for volumetric measurements. Height and volume of commercially available implants, in FIG. 2C , and cellular adipose tissue, in FIG. 2D , either with or without hyaluronic acid are plotted over time. Good persistence of the lipoaspirate material is shown.
- the persistence of the material has been found to correlate with known clinical persistence of implanted adipose tissue and commercially available injected dermal fillers. For example, at 35 days, over 50% of the volume of the adipose with HA was still present. Hyaluronic acid alone, or adipose alone were found to dissipate more rapidly
- Tissue acquisition and processing Tissue was acquired from fresh surgical and cadaveric sources with appropriate consent of the donors.
- a representative sample of subcutaneous fat is shown in FIGS. 3A and 9A .
- a representative histological section showing nuclei, lipid vacuoles, and extracellular matrix is provided in FIGS. 3C and 9C .
- Subcutaneous fat was isolated from the sample by scraping.
- the scraped adipose tissue was homogenized in a blender.
- the homogenate was then placed on a strainer and washed for 5 minutes under deionized water to wash lipid and cellular debris. This was repeated three times.
- An equal weight of the homogenized and washed tissue was placed in 0.1%, 1%, 3%, or 5% peracetic acid for 3 or 6 hours on a shaker at 37° C.
- As adipocytes die oil is released from the cells.
- the material was manually manipulated with a mortar and pestle, or homogenized in a blender or with a press between washes with PBS.
- the processed adipose material changed from yellow to white ( FIG. 3B ).
- the scraped adipose tissue was finely minced by forcing the material repeatedly through a die while rinsing with water to remove lipid.
- the minced material was transferred to a tube for solubilization using a 0.1%-5% solution of a weak acid, e.g., peracetic acid (PAA) in sterile distilled water for 3-6 hours at 37° C. with shaking to promote chemical decellularization.
- a weak acid e.g., peracetic acid (PAA)
- the PAA treated material was washed with phosphate buffered saline (PBS) to remove debris and to return the pH to physiological pH.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- the PAA treated material was treated with 1% Triton® X-100 in 2 mM EDTA in sterile water overnight at 37° C. to further remove lipids. The material was rinsed repeatedly in PBS to remove detergent.
- the PAA treated material or the PAA/Triton® X-100 treated material ( FIG. 9B ) was further nuclease treated in a solution of 0.1% of DNAse I or 600 units/ml DNAse in 10 mM MgCl 2 at 37° C. overnight.
- the processed material was rinsed repeatedly with PBS prior to storage.
- the processed material was stored at ⁇ 20° C. in PBS with antibiotic, e.g., 1% penicillin/streptomycin or 10% Antibiotic-Antimycotic solution (A5955 Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.).
- antibiotic e.g., 1% penicillin/streptomycin or 10% Antibiotic-Antimycotic solution (A5955 Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.
- the material was flash frozen and lyophilized for 2-3 prior to storage at room temperature.
- the processed adipose material was made into particles for injection with or without a biopolymer scaffold and cross-linking agents.
- adipose processed by either method produced a processed material that had good persistence in vivo as compared to commercially available tissue fillers, produced minimal immune response, and supported cell growth in vitro and in vivo.
- acellular biocompatible biomaterial processed human adipose tissue or PhAT
- PhAT processed human adipose tissue
- ECM extracellular matrix
- Exemplary assays used are provided. Other methods to determine if the material has the desired characteristics are known in the art.
- H&E Hematoxylin and eosin staining was performed on paraffin-embedded sections of PAT prepared by at least one of the methods of the previous example to determine the presence of nuclei (cells) (compare FIGS. 7C and 9C to FIGS. 7B and 9D ). No cellular material or nuclei were observed after processing with PAA and DNAse ( FIG. 7B ) or with PAA, TX-100, and DNAse ( FIG. 9D ) per the methods of the invention.
- MHC class I immunostaining can be performed to evaluate the presence of antigens.
- DNA content To demonstrate degree of decellularization, a DNA assay was done.
- fluorometric DNA assays calf thymus DNA standards were prepared with 0-100 ng/ml DNA. Samples (100 ⁇ l) or standards were mixed with 33258 Hoechst solution (0.1 ng/ml, Molecular probes, Eugene, Oreg.) dissolved in 1 ⁇ THE buffer (10 mM Tris, 1 mM EDTA, 0.2 M NaCl, pH. 7.4). DNA content was determined with a fluorometer (Hoefer DyNA Quant 200 Florometer) using A365 nm excitation and A458 nm emission, and calculated from the calf thymus DNA standard curve.
- Hoechst solution 0.1 ng/ml, Molecular probes, Eugene, Oreg.
- Lipid Free A rapid emulsion assay was conducted to rule out the presence of residual lipids in the processed tissue. Varying amounts of low levels of lipid were detected in the samples, typically with lower PAA concentrations resulting in more residual lipid remaining in the tissue. An obvious change in the gross and histologic appearance of subcutaneous adipose tissue occurred following processing ( FIG. 3 ). Pre-processed adipose tissue has an orange color reflecting its highly concentrated lipid content ( FIG. 3A ). Following mechanical disruption and peracetic acid (PAA) exposure, lipid removal correlated with concentration of peracetic acid, as demonstrated by the increasingly white color of the PhAT.
- PAA peracetic acid
- Histology with H&E staining also revealed a loss of the lipid laden vacuole cellular architecture of the pre-processed fat ( FIG. 3C ). Processing of adipose tissue results in condensed ECM with a fibrous appearance consistent with collagen fiber architecture.
- Histology The scaffolds were fixed overnight in 10% formalin. A series of ethanol (EtOH) solutions were used to dehydrate the samples, which were subsequently embedded in paraffin overnight. Sections were cut to 5 ⁇ m thickness, mounted on a microscope slide and allowed to dry for an hour to overnight on a 40° C. plate. Following rehydration, the sections were stained using hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) and Safranin-O/Fast Green Immunohistochemistry was performed using the Histostain-SP kit (Zymed Laboratories Inc., San Francisco, Calif.) following the manufacturer's protocol. Rabbit polyclonal antibodies to collagen I (Research Diagnostics Inc.) were used as the primary antibodies.
- H&E hematoxylin and eosin
- Safranin-O/Fast Green Immunohistochemistry was performed using the Histostain-SP kit (Zymed Laboratories Inc., San Francisco, Calif.) following the manufacturer's protocol. Rabbit poly
- Collagen Content was determined by measuring the hydroxyproline concentration of the papain-digests (100 ⁇ l) after hydrolysis with 6 N hydrochloric acid at 110° C. overnight and reaction with p-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde and chloramine-T using 0.1 as the ratio of hydroxyproline to total collagen as described previously (Creemers, L. B., et al., Microassay for the assessment of low levels of hydroxyproline. Biotechniques. 22:656-658, 1997; Woessner, J. F., Jr. The determination of hydroxyproline in tissue and protein samples containing small proportions of this imino acid. Arch Biochem Biophys.
- a hydroxyproline standard curve was prepared using L-4-hydroxyproline (Fluka, USA). The results are shown in FIGS. 5B and 9F . Again, the specific concentration of PAA had less effect on the amount of collagen remaining in the more finely minced material further treated with TX-100. However, as collagen content began to decrease at higher peracetic acid concentrations, most notably with the 5% peracetic acid ( FIG. 9F ). At high acid concentrations, the extracellular matrix began to lose its structural integrity and became more difficult to handle. The optimal processing condition was determined by ability to best satisfy the two goals of completely removing cellular material while preserving extracellular matrix structure, ultimately using 3% peracetic acid for subsequent experiments.
- ECM Preservation Extracellular matrix preservation has been evaluated histologically to assess architecture (H&E and Masson's Trichome stain) ( FIGS. 3B, 5C and E, 9 D, and 10 ), quantitatively, using a collagen and proteoglycan biochemical assay, and mechanically. Intact ECM was observed.
- proteoglycan concentration Determination of proteoglycan/glycosaminoglycan concentration was performed on papain digests by the dimethylmethylene blue (DMMB) spectrophotometric assay as previously described. Chondroitin sulfate C (shark cartilage extract, Sigma) was used as the standard ( FIG. 5D ).
- DMMB dimethylmethylene blue
- Rheologic Assessment Rheological tests were performed on a RFS-3 rheometer (Rheometric Scientific Inc.) using the cone-plate configuration. A 25 mm cone was used with a gap of 0.0584 mm. Pilot dynamic shear strain-sweep test at a frequency of 1 rad/s indicated 0.1% shear strain was in the linear stress-strain range. Dynamic shear strain-sweep tests were performed on all subsequent samples to confirm the linear stress-strain range was similar. The dynamic shear frequency-sweep was tested over a range of frequencies from 0.1 to 100 rad/s at a shear amplitude of 0.1%. The complex modulus at a frequency of 10 was determined to be about 1 ⁇ 10 3 -1 ⁇ 10 5 Poise.
- SPSS version 10.0; SPSS, Chicago, Ill.
- the processed adipose tissue is assessed for the ability to support cell growth and adipogenesis in vitro.
- PhAT prepared by the methods of the invention were tested for their ability to support adipogenesis in vitro.
- samples of the processed materials were seeded with mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) at a density of 5 ⁇ 10 3 or 10 ⁇ 10 3 cells per cm 2 .
- MSCs mesenchymal stem cells
- Adipogenic induction media was added at 24, 48, 72, or 96 hours and percent differentiation was determined at 5, 10, and 15 days by DNA, Oil Red O staining, and Nile red staining Cells were found to differentiate best when treated with induction media 72-96 hours after seeding and adipogenic differentiation was observed at 5 days.
- RNA is extracted from cells seeded on the PAT and RT-PCR for adipose markers including PPAR- ⁇ and Lipo-Protein-Lipase (LPL) is performed and compared to cells expanded in monolayer and those in native adipose tissue as described (Hillel, A., et. al. Embryonic Germ Cells are capable of Adipogenic Differentiation in Vitro and in Vivo. Tissue Engineering Part A. 14:1-8, 2008).
- adipose markers including PPAR- ⁇ and Lipo-Protein-Lipase (LPL)
- Samples were prepared for SEM by fixing in 3.0% formaldehyde/1.5% glutaraldehyde in 0.1M sodium cacodylate buffer solution with 2.5% sucrose for 1 hour at room temperature. Samples were then post-fixed with 1% osmium tetroxide for 30 minutes shielded from light at room temperature before dehydration with graded ethanol solutions. CO 2 critical point drying was carried out, followed by sputter-coating with platinum and images were taken on a FEI Quanta 200 SEM (Hillsboro, Oreg.).
- FIG. 10 A, B SEM images of the decellularized adipose matrix show the fibrillar collagen structure of the ECM with bundles of varying thickness ( FIG. 10 A, B).
- the ECM is also porous in nature, facilitating cell migration and nutrient diffusion.
- In vitro experiments with adipose derived stem cells reveal extensive cell adhesion and spreading on the ECM of the decellularized tissue ( FIG. 10 C, D). Multiple cell-ECM contacts can be seen for each cell by day 7 in culture.
- PhAT prepared using PAA/DNAse I/TX-100 treatments was crosslinked using N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N-ethylcarbodiimide (EDC) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) in 50 mM 2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid (MES) buffer at pH 5.5. Samples were incubated with crosslinking solutions for 4 hours at concentrations of 5, 10, 50, and 100 mM EDC with an EDC:NHS molar ratio of 2:1. Residual crosslinkers were removed by rinsing with 0.1 M Na 2 HPO 4 for 2 hours followed by four additional 30 minute incubations with distilled water.
- EDC N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N-ethylcarbodiimide
- NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
- MES 2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid
- HMDC hexamethylene diisocyanate
- Samples were also crosslinked with 1% and 5% HMDC in a surfactant solution containing 1% Tween 20 in a phosphate buffer (0.054 M Na 2 HPO 3 , 0.013 M NaH 2 PO 4 ) at pH 7.4.
- Crosslinking was carried out at room temperature for 4 hours, followed by extensive rinses with distilled water, two 30 minute incubations with 4 M NaCl, and four additional rinses with distilled water for 30 minutes each to remove the surfactant and residual crosslinkers.
- crosslinked samples and uncrosslinked controls were lyophilized for two days to reduce variability based on water content.
- the samples were then incubated with 200 U/ml collagenase I in 0.05 M Tris-HCl (pH 7.5) in an incubator at 37° C.
- timepoints of 1, 3, 8, 16, and 24 hours the samples were spun down and supernatants collected and stored at ⁇ 20° C. until completion of the experiment. Fresh collagenase was added and samples were returned to the incubator until the next designated timepoint.
- any remaining extracellular matrix was digested with a 125 ⁇ g/ml papainase solution for 16 hours in a 60° C. water bath. Finally, all the supernatants and papain digested samples were analyzed using the aforementioned collagen assay to determine the amount of collagen solubilized to obtain the percentage of total collagen degraded at the different timepoints. Three samples for each crosslinking condition were used.
- EDC-crosslinked samples showed greater resistance to enzymatic degradation in comparison to uncrosslinked controls when incubated with collagenase ( FIG. 11A ). Resistance to degradation increased with higher concentrations of the chemical crosslinker. HMDC crosslinking resulted in different degradation properties depending on the solvent used. When suspended in a 1% Tween 20 solution, very little degradation occurred with no differences observed between 1% or 5% HMDC concentrations ( FIG. 11B ). When HMDC was suspended in 2-propanol, crosslinked samples in 1% HMDC were more susceptible to collagenase degradation than those in 5% HMDC ( FIG. 11C ).
- scaffolds were made from each PhAT treated with various concentrations of PAA and with DNAse, lyophilized to facilitate cell seeding, and reconstituted with human mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) at a concentration of 50,000 cells/30 ul of DMEM.
- Scaffolds were cultured in adipogenic media (DMEM supplemented with FBS and 0.5 mM of dexamethasone (Sigma; St. Louis, Mo.), 1 mg/mL insulin (Sigma; St. Louis, Mo.), and 0.5 mM 1-methyl-3-isobutylmethyl-xanthene (IBMX; (Sigma; St. Louis, Mo.)) at 5% CO 2 at 37° C.
- DMEM adipogenic media
- dexamethasone Sigma; St. Louis, Mo.
- IBMX 1-methyl-3-isobutylmethyl-xanthene
- PhAT was prepared by forcing the adipose tissue through a die, and sequential treatment with 3% PAA, TX-100, and DNAse I as described above. Samples were then cross-linked as described below using 5-100 mM EDC, 1-5% HMDC in the presence of 1% Tween® 20, 1-5% HMDC in 2-propanol (100%). Cells were seeded at 40,000 cells per scaffold in a 48 well plate and cultured for 5 days in ASC maintenance media (DMEM-F12, 10% FBS, 100 U/ml penicillin, 10 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin).
- ASC maintenance media DMEM-F12, 10% FBS, 100 U/ml penicillin, 10 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin.
- Cell viability was assessed using a LIVE/DEAD Viability/Cytotoxicity Kit (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.).
- Cell-ECM scaffolds were incubated in live/dead media containing 4 ⁇ M calcein AM and 4 ⁇ M ethidium homodimer-1 in DMEM-F12 for 30 minutes at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
- live/dead medium was removed from wells and scaffolds rinsed with PBS.
- Cytotoxicity was assessed using fluorescence microscopy with 485 ⁇ 10 nm and 530 ⁇ 12.5 nm optical filters to visualize live and dead cells, respectively.
- PhAT prepared by treatment with PAA and DNAse I was implanted subcutaneously on the dorsum of a Sprague-Dawley rat and 500 ul on an athymic nude mouse. Photographs of representative mice 40 days after implantation of the PhAT are shown in FIGS. 7A and B. The implants were monitored over time via palpation and measurements were taken using a caliper and found to persist at 45 days from the time of implantation. The PhAT was palpable throughout the experiment and visible upon removal of the skin over the PhAT ( FIG. 7C ). At day 45, the animals were sacrificed and the material was harvested for histology. Histology demonstrated evidence of integration with surrounding tissue, angiogenesis, and minimal inflammation ( FIG. 7D ).
- FIGS. 8A and B The volume was then plotted over time and the results are shown in FIGS. 8A and B. Following euthanasia at 1 and 3 weeks, the implants were extracted and fixed in 10% formalin overnight and stained using H&E. Histologic evaluation of the inflammatory response to PhAT implantation, cellular influx and vascularization of PhAT was used to assess biocompatibility.
- the histological appearance of the tissue at harvest time demonstrates far greater tissue density than its appearance pre-implant, indicating that though some initial degradation may account for the decrease in the volume of the implant over time, tissue compaction underneath the muscular skin of a rat may also be contributing to the initial decrease in volume.
- the implants were sectioned at 5 ⁇ m thickness, rehydrated, and subsequently stained with hematoxylin and eosin as well as Masson's trichrome to evaluate implant biocompatibility.
- Monitoring implant persistence showed maintenance of a stable implant volume after the first week of implantation.
- Good integration with host tissue and cell infiltration could be observed in the center of the implant, suggesting that with significant migration of cells and subsequent remodeling of the ECM, tissue regeneration could maintain a volume-stable implant.
- Example 10 Dynamic Rheologic Property Assessment of Processed Adipose Tissue at 0.63 rad/sec
Abstract
The invention provides compositions and methods for the preparation of processed adipose tissue. The invention further provides methods of use of the processed adipose tissue.
Description
- This application is a Continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/796,089, filed Oct. 27, 2017, which is a Continuation of abandoned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/383,850, filed Mar. 30, 2012, which is a 35 U.S.C. § 371 U.S. national entry of International Application PCT/US2010/045177, having an international filing date of Aug. 11, 2010, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application 61/232,915, filed Aug. 11, 2009.
- The field of regenerative medicine aims to provide tissue substitutes for reconstruction secondary to trauma, disease or congenital abnormalities. While biomaterials and cells are often employed to regenerate new tissues, these methods tend to be costly and require significant time for new tissue formation. Restoration of soft tissue form is critical for a number of applications including trauma reconstruction, breast reconstruction, and cosmetics (nasolabial folds, wrinkles, etc). In general there are two approaches today; 1.) injection/transfer of biological tissue (fat) or 2.) injection or implantation of a synthetic or naturally derived material. In both cases, the transplanted tissue or biomaterial will eventually be degraded and replacement is required.
- Reconstruction using patient tissue can provide permanent restoration of tissue in some situations. However, such procedures also have their limitations. Breast reconstruction after mastectomy can include the use of tissue flaps of muscle and adipose tissue either from the abdomen or back which are pulled over to the reconstruction site. Such flaps are necessarily limited in size by the amount of tissue present in the woman for use, and transfer of muscle from the abdomen or back can extend recovery time and result in donor site morbidity. The persistence of fat transfer varies widely with reports of anywhere between 30-90%. Persistence is also often surgeon and technique dependent. Such loss of persistence requires multiple procedures to maintain the desired correction. The donor site morbidity associated with autologous fat transfer is also a significant concern. In addition, implanted adipose tissue often leads to post-operative calcifications. This phenomena is of particular importance for women with a history of breast cancer undergoing breast reconstruction following mastectomy, as the calcifications may interfere with mammography readings and result in multiple, unnecessary breast biopsies and anxiety. Finally, for many patients undergoing chemotherapy and radiation for cancer, the associated cachexia leaves them without the adipose volume they would require for autologous fat transfer.
- The invention provides processed adipose tissue compositions and methods for their preparation and use.
- The invention provides compositions including processed adipose tissue having a decellularized adipose tissue extracellular matrix to which viable cells securely attach.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention may include one or more materials at least one (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12) material from the group consisting of anesthetic, analgesic, antibiotic, antimicrobial, growth factors, cryopreservative, antioxidant, free radical scavenger, caspase inhibitor, vitamin, lipoaspirate, and a cell.
- In certain embodiments, the decellularized adipose includes cross-linking agent. Crosslinking agents include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, carbodiimide, polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, and acyl azide; or any combination thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue further includes a biopolymer scaffold. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue and biopolymer scaffold further include a biopolymer cross-linking agent. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue includes a polymerization initiator.
- Biopolymer scaffolds include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, PEG-DA, chondroitin sulfate, partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-polypropylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates, Ficoll® polysucrose, dextran, heparan sulfate, heparin, alginate, gelatin, collagen, albumin, ovalbumin, and copolymers or blends thereof.
- Polymerization initiators include, but are not limited to, eosin Y, 1-vinyl 2-pyrrolidone NVP, and triethanolamine; and Irgacure D2959.
- In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue is essentially free of a basement membrane. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue includes (i.e., is not essentially free of) a basement membrane.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention is preferably substantially non-immunogenic when implanted in a subject.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably contains 0.2 μg/mg or less (i.e., undetectable level of DNA to 0.2 μg of DNA), 0.1 μg/mg or less, 0.05 μg/mg or less, 0.025 μg/mg or less, 0.1 μg/mg or less, or 0.005 μg/mg or less of DNA.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably contains 10% or less (i.e., undetectable level of lipid to 10% lipid), 5% or less, 2% or less, 1% or less, 0.5% or less, 0.25% or less, 0.1% or less, 0.05% or less, 0.01% or less, 0.001% or less lipid (w/w).
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has a complex viscosity (ii) of 104-105 Pas; 1×104-3×105 Pas; 2×104-2×105 Pas; 3×104-1×105 Pas; 1×104-8×105 Pas; or 1×104-9×105 Pas; or any combination of those ranges.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has a complex modulus (G*) of 103-105 Pa; 5×103-1×105 Pa; 1×104-1×105 Pa; 8×103-6×104 Pa; 2×104-5×104 Pa; or 1×104-9×104 Pa; or any combination of those ranges.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has an elastic modulus (G′) of 103-105 Pa; 5×103-1×105 Pa; 1×104-1×105 Pa; 8×103-6×104 Pa; 2×104-5×104 Pa; or 1×104-9×104 Pa; or any combination of those ranges.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has a viscous modulus (G″) of 103-105 Pa; 5×103-1×105 Pa; 1×104-1×105 Pa; 8×103-6×104 Pa; 2×104-5×104 Pa; or 1×104-9×104 Pa; or any combination of those ranges.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably has a tan (δ) of 0.1-0.2; 0.1-0.5; 0.1-1.0; 0.1-0.3; 0.1-0.4; 0.1-0.75; 0.05-0.5; or 0.05-2.0; or any combination of those ranges.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably contains 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more or 90% or more (or any range bracketed by those values) of collagens present in the composition are selected from the group consisting of type I collagen, type II collagen, type III collagen, type IV collagen, type V collagen, type XII collagen.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably contains 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more or 90% or more (or any range bracketed by those values) of glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) present in the composition are selected from the group consisting of hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, keratan sulfate, heparin sulfate.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably is insoluble in water.
- The processed adipose tissue of the invention preferably can be prepared using any of the methods provided in the instant application.
- In certain embodiments, the adipose tissue is human adipose tissue. In certain embodiments, the adipose tissue is porcine adipose tissue. In certain embodiments, the adipose tissue from a live donor. In certain embodiments, the adipose tissue is from a cadaver donor
- The invention provides methods for preparation of processed adipose tissue (PAT), particularly processed human adipose tissue (PhAT), including sequentially providing mammalian tissue comprising solid adipose tissue; isolating the adipose from the non-adipose material in the tissue; and decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose or both. The method for decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose include homogenizing or mincing the tissue and manipulating the adipose with a buffer to promote lipid and cell removal to prepare processed adipose tissue. Such the buffers include phosphate buffered saline (PBS). Agents to promote decellularization can include one or more of a weak acid, such as a weak organic acid, a non-ionic detergent, and a bile acid. After treatment of the adipose with a buffer or agent not at or about physiological pH, a buffer to adjust pH of the adipose to physiological pH. The invention provides methods for decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose including contacting the adipose with supercritical CO2. Methods of the invention also include nuclease treatment of the material to remove nucleic acids.
- The source of the adipose tissue is mammalian adipose tissue. The mammalian adipose tissue can be obtained from any mammal, most conveniently from larger mammals to provide sufficient starting material. In preferred embodiments, the adipose tissue is human adipose tissue or porcine adipose tissue, from either a live or a cadaver donor.
- In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue is further formed into particles. In certain embodiments, the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue is further contacted a cross-linking agent, to cross-link, for example, the proteins, such as the collagens, present in the processed adipose tissue. Cross-linking agents for use in such methods include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, and acyl azide; or any combination thereof. The specific ratio of cross-linker to the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue will depend, for example on the specific cross-linker used and the final use of the processed adipose tissue. The amount of cross-linker to be used is determined based on the desired physical properties of the processed adipose tissue that can be determined using standard biophysical or biochemical assay methods.
- In certain embodiments, the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue is further combined with a biopolymer scaffold. In certain embodiments, the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue and biopolymer scaffold and further combined with a biopolymer cross-linking agent, the mixture of which can be further contacted with a polymerization agent, and further optionally a polymerization initiator.
- Biocompatible polymers for use in with the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, PEG-DA, chondroitin sulfate, partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-poly(propylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates, Ficoll® polysucrose, dextran, heparan sulfate, heparin, alginate, gelatin, collagen, albumin, ovalbumin, and copolymers or blends thereof.
- Polymerization initiators for use in with the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue include, but are not limited to, wherein the polymerization initiator comprises an agent selected from the group consisting of eosin Y, 1-vinyl 2-pyrrolidone NVP, and triethanolamine; and Irgacure D2959. In certain embodiments the polymerization initiator includes light.
- Methods for preparation of the processed adipose tissue of provided herein can include contacting the adipose with a nuclease, either a non-specific or site specific DNase and/or RNase. In certain embodiments, the adipose tissue is contacted with the nuclease after decellularization and/or lipid extraction.
- In certain embodiments, the methods for preparation of the processed adipose tissue can include contacting the adipose with a protease inhibitor at one or more steps of the methods. In a preferred embodiment, the protease inhibitors are biocompatible, or the protease inhibitors are substantially removed or inactivated during the processing such that the final processed adipose tissue is biocompatible.
- The method optionally includes sterilizing the processed adipose tissue, for example by irradiation or contact with an appropriate gas.
- In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue is combined with other agents including, but not limited to anesthetic, antibiotic, growth factors, cryopreservative, antioxidant, free radical scavenger, caspase inhibitor, vitamin, lipoaspirate, and a cell. In certain embodiments, the additional agents are added prior to storage of the processed adipose tissue. In certain embodiments, the additional agents are added after storage, closer to the time of use of the processed adipose tissue by the end user.
- In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue is essentially free of a basement membrane. Although adipose tissue includes vasculature, and thereby includes basement membranes, certain processing methods of the invention serve to remove vasculature and thereby remove basement membranes. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue does not define a space or partition a space in the manner of a basement membrane, e.g., provide a cell impervious barrier.
- In certain embodiments of the invention, the processed adipose tissue includes a basement membrane. In certain embodiments of the invention, the processed adipose tissue includes vasculature, or remnants of vasculature, from the original tissue.
- The invention provides composition made by any of the methods of the invention. The compositions provided by the invention can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions, for example injectable or otherwise implantable pharmaceutical compositions.
- The invention further provides kits for making any of the compositions of the invention. The invention also provides kits containing any of the compositions of the invention for use as a biofiller in a subject. Kits can include instructions for use of the kit.
- Composition provided by the invention can further comprises one or more materials in the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue including, but not limited to, anesthetic, analgesic, antibiotic, antimicrobial, growth factors, cryopreservative, antioxidant, free radical scavenger, caspase inhibitor, vitamin, lipoaspirate, and a cell.
- Certain compositions of the invention further include a cross-linking agent, for example to provide cross-links between the protein molecules, such as the collagen molecules of the decellularized/lipid extracted adipose tissue. Such cross-linking agents include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, carbodiimide, polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, and acyl azide; or any combination thereof.
- Certain compositions of the invention further include a biopolymer scaffold, optionally further with one or more of a biopolymer cross-linking agent, a polymerization agent, and a polymerization initiator.
- Examples of biopolymer scaffolds include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, PEG-DA, chondroitin sulfate, partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-poly(propylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates, Ficoll® polysucrose, dextran, heparan sulfate, heparin, alginate, gelatin, collagen, albumin, ovalbumin, and copolymers or blends thereof. Examples of polymerization initiators include, but are not limited to, eosin Y, 1-vinyl 2-pyrrolidone NVP, and triethanolamine; and Irgacure D2959.
- In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue does not define or partition a space.
- The compositions provided by the invention have one or more properties that make them useful as biofillers. For example, the processed adipose tissue is a decellularized lipid to which viable cells securely attach and can proliferate. In preferred embodiments, the composition is substantially non-immunogenic when implanted in a subject. In certain embodiments, the composition is essentially free of DNA, such that the processed adipose tissue has 0.2 μg/mg or less, 0.2 μg/mg or less, 0.1 μg/mg or less, 0.05 μg/mg or less, 0.025 μg/mg or less, 0.1 μg/mg or less, or 0.005 μg/mg or less of DNA. In certain embodiments, the composition is essentially free of lipid, such that the processed adipose tissue has 10% or less, 5% or less, 2% or less, 1% or less, 0.5% or less, 0.25% or less, 0.1% or less, 0.05% or less, 0.01% or less, 0.001% or less lipid (w/w).
- The biophysical properties of the compositions of the invention can be determined by any known method. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has a complex viscosity (11) of 104-105 Pas; 1×104-3×105 Pas; 2×104-2×105 Pas; 3×104-1×105 Pas; 1×104-8×105 Pas; or 1×104-9×105 Pas; or any combination of those ranges. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has a complex modulus (G*) of 103-105 Pa; 5×103-1×105 Pa; 1×104-1×105 Pa; 8×103-6×104 Pa; 2×104-5×104 Pa; or 1×104-9×104 Pa; or any combination of those ranges. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has an elastic modulus (G′) of 103-105 Pa; 5×103-1×105 Pa; 1×104-1×105 Pa; 8×103-6×104 Pa; 2×104-5×104 Pa; or 1×104-9×104 Pa; or any combination of those ranges. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has a viscous modulus (G″) of 103-105 Pa; 5×103-1×105 Pa; 1×104-1×105 Pa; 8×103-6×104 Pa; 2×104-5×104 Pa; or 1×104-9×104 Pa; or any combination of those ranges. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has a tan (δ) of 0.1-0.2; 0.1-0.5; 0.1-1.0; 0.1-0.3; 0.1-0.4; 0.1-0.75; 0.05-0.5; or 0.05-2.0; or any combination of those ranges.
- The processed adipose tissue provided by the invention preferably include 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more or 90% or more of collagens present in the composition are selected from the types present in adipose. Type of collagen include type I collagen, type II collagen, type IV collagen, type V collagen, type XII collagen.
- The processed adipose tissue provided by the invention preferably include 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more or 90% or more of glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) present in the composition are selected from the types present in adipose tissue. Types of GAGs include hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, keratan sulfate, heparin sulfate.
- The invention provides methods of use of the compositions if the invention including methods of implanting processed adipose tissue in a subject. Such methods include identifying a subject in need of implantation of processed adipose tissue; identifying a site in a subject in need of implantation of processed adipose tissue; and implanting the processed adipose tissue in the subject at the identified site. The methods of implantation can be performed using any composition provided herein or made by the methods provided herein. Methods for implantation can further include methods for monitoring a subject for persistence of the implanted material and/or infiltration of cells into the implant and/or the tolerance of the subject to the implanted material. Monitoring can be performed using any known method such as the methods provided herein.
- The invention provides methods for preparation of processed adipose tissue (PAT), particularly processed human adipose tissue (PhAT), including sequentially obtaining mammalian tissue comprising solid adipose, such as subcutaneous adipose tissue, isolating the adipose from the non-adipose material in the tissue; for example by scraping, and manipulating the adipose with one or more buffers sequentially to promote lipid and cell removal to prepare processed adipose tissue; or by treatment with supercritical carbon dioxide (CO2) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,466,923, incorporated herein by reference). The mammalian adipose tissue can be obtained from any mammal, most conveniently from larger mammals to provide sufficient starting material.
- Buffers for use during the manipulation of the isolated adipose include buffers of physiological pH and ionic strength, such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or physiological saline. Buffers can further compounds such as weak acid, a weak organic acid, a non-ionic detergent, or a bile acid, or a combination thereof, to promote decellularization or lipid extraction of the solid adipose.
- The invention provides methods in which the isolated adipose can also be contacted with one or more nucleases, e.g., DNases and RNases, to promote degradation of nucleic acids that may be present in the material. Contacting with nucleases can be performed at any step, but is preferably performed after the decellularization steps as the decellularization process may break open cells, releasing nucleic acids making them more available for degradation.
- The processed adipose tissue provided by the invention can also include biopolymers and biopolymer cross-linking agents to generate molecular cross-links within and between the biopolymer molecules, in addition to between the biopolymer and the adipose tissue derived material to create a biopolymer scaffold. These biopolymers, can consists of, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, collagen, elastin, and laminins.
- The invention provides methods for forming the processed adipose tissue of the invention into particles, for example to facilitate administration. The invention provides methods for optionally combining the processed adipose tissue with one or more cross-linking agents and/or a biopolymer scaffold. The biopolymer scaffold can be previously cross-linked (e.g., cross-linked hyaluronic acid), or include functional groups to allow the biopolymer to form a cross-linked structure in the absence of any further agents (e.g., functionalized chondroitin sulfate). Alternatively, the biopolymer scaffold can require the use of cross-linking agents and polymerization initiators. Polymerization initiators can include chemical initiators or light. The invention provides methods for polymerization of the biopolymer scaffold.
- The invention further provides compositions made by any of the methods of the invention, including any processing intermediates.
- The invention further provides for the use of any of the compositions of the instant invention as biomaterials, including any processing intermediates, for example for tissue reconstruction or restoration. The invention provides the compositions of the instant invention in an appropriate carrier for administration (e.g., saline, buffers, with or without antibiotics, anesthetics, growth factors, or other extracellular matrix components, or a material that provides viscosity for greater ease of injection.)
- As used herein, “acellular” is understood as a material that contains no cells, viable or non-viable, whole or fragments, or sufficiently few cells or cellular material such that the cells present are not sufficient to generate an immune response in the subject into which the material is implanted. Cells may be removed from source tissue, for example, by mechanical or chemical methods, or a combination thereof.
- An “acellular adipose biocompatible biomaterial”, also referred to as “processed adipose tissue” or “PAT” is understood as a composition derived from adipose tissue obtained from a donor, for example from a live donor (e.g., autologous donation, byproduct of cosmetic surgical procedure such as liposuction or abdominoplasty) or tissue bank (e.g., live donor, cadaver donor). The composition can be derived from subcutaneous fat, visceral fat, white fat, brown fat, a mixed cell population including fat tissue (e.g., a lipoaspirate) or any combination thereof. In a first step, the adipose separated from the non-adipose material in the tissue sample, e.g., by scraping the adipose from the dermis or surrounding organ, partitioning the lipoaspirate, etc. to prepare isolated adipose. The isolated is treated with chemical and/or mechanical methods to remove the fat cells and the lipid components. The material is preferably treated to kill any remaining cells not removed by the process prior to implantation in a subject. The material is preferably treated with one or more nucleases, e.g., DNase and/or RNase, to destroy any potentially immunogenic nucleic acids that may be present in the material. As the material is acellular, it is non-immunogenic. Therefore, the composition can be implanted non-autologously. Further, the material can be used as an “off the shelf” product for use in reconstructive and cosmetic surgery procedures. The composition can be combined with other materials prior to implantation into the subject, including other biomaterials or biopolymers, and cells or cellular material, for example autologous or donor cells including but not limited to adult stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, adipose derived mesenchymal stem cells, embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, fibroblasts, adipocytes.
- The terms “active agent,” and “biologically active agent” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a chemical or biological compound that induces a desired pharmacological, physiological effect, wherein the effect may be prophylactic or therapeutic. The terms also encompass pharmaceutically acceptable, pharmacologically active derivatives of those active agents specifically mentioned herein, including, but not limited to, salts, esters, amides, prodrugs, active metabolites, analogs, and the like. When the terms “active agent,” “pharmacologically active agent” and “drug” are used, then, it is to be understood that applicants intend to include the active agent per se as well as pharmaceutically acceptable, pharmacologically active salts, esters, amides, prodrugs, metabolites, analogs, etc.
- As used herein, “anesthetic” is understood as an agent that provides a lack of sensation or sensitivity. In the context of the instant invention, an anesthetic is typically a locally acting anesthetic, providing a reduction of sensation or sensitivity to the tissue contacted by the agent. Local anesthetics include, but are not limited to benzocaine, chloroprocaine, cocaine, cyclomethycaine, dimethocaine/larocaine, propoxycaine, procaine/novocaine, proparacaine, tetracaine/amethocaine, articaine, bupivacaine, carticaine, cinchocaine/dibucaine, etidocaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine/lignocaine, mepivacaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, ropivacaine, trimecaine, saxitoxin, and tetrodotoxin.
- As used herein, “antibiotic” is understood as an agent to destroy or kill pathogens and/or infectious agents, including, but not limited to, bacteria and viruses. Antibiotics include, but are not limited to, those which target the bacterial cell wall (penicillins, cephalosporins), or cell membrane (polymixins), or interfere with essential bacterial enzymes (quinolones, sulfonamides) usually are bactericidal in nature. Those which target protein synthesis, such as the aminoglycosides, macrolides and tetracyclines, are usually bacteriostatic.
- As used herein, “antioxidant” is understood as an agent that reduces or prevents the formation of, or reduces or prevents the damage caused by superoxides and/or oxide radicals. Antioxidants include free radical scavengers. Many vitamins, including vitamin C and vitamin E are antioxidants. Other antioxidants include, but are not limited to, ascorbic acid (vitamin C), glutathione, melatonin, and tocopherols and tocotrienols (e.g., vitamin E). Antioxidants for use in the invention are preferably biocompatible.
- As used herein, “autologous” transplantation, donation, and the like is understood as a procedure in which the source of adipose tissue for implantation into the subject is derived from the same subject. Autologous transplantation or donation can include processing of the tissue between harvesting of the tissue from the subject and re-implantation of the tissue into the subject.
- As used herein, a “basement membrane” is understood as is a thin sheet of fibers that underlies the epithelium, which lines the cavities and surfaces of organs, or the endothelium, which lines the interior surface of blood vessels. The primary function of the basement membrane is to anchor down the epithelium to its loose connective tissue underneath. This is achieved by cell-matrix adhesions through cell adhesion molecules (CAMs). Basement membrane proteins are secreted by either epidermal or endothelial cells, which usually define a border in the body, usually “in vs out”, to define a lumen in the body, e.g., gut or bladder has an epidermal basement membrane, defining or separating the inside empty space from the outside; or for endothelial cells which border the lumen of a blood vessel, defining inside vs outside. Adipose does not define a space or serve to separate an inside vs outside of a body cavity or organ. Adipose ECM has basement membrane only to the extent that it has blood vessels, which have basement membranes (and fat as a lot of microvessels). The adipose itself does not include a basement membrane. Unlike dermis, naturally occurring fat does not include a substantial amount of BM, as does dermis. Naturally occurring adipose tissue is composed primarily of lipid. After preparation of the processed adipose tissue material described herein, the material is essentially free of basement membrane, e.g., 80% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more of the material that defines a basement membrane is removed from the processed adipose tissue. Moreover, as used herein, the basement membrane is typically considered to be capable of enclosing or partitioning a space.
- The composition of the basement membrane is well defined. Therefore, one of skill in the art would be able to determine materials that were derived from a basement membrane. The basement membrane is the fusion of two basal laminae. It consists of an electron-dense membrane called the lamina densa, about 30-70 nanometers in thickness, and an underlying network of reticular collagen (type III) fibrils (its precursor is fibroblasts) which average 30 nanometers in diameter and 0.1-2 micrometers in thickness. This type III collagen is of the reticular type, in contrast to the fibrillar collagen found in the interstitial matrix. In addition to collagen, this supportive matrix contains intrinsic macromolecular components. The Lamina Densa (which is made up of type IV collagen fibers; perlecan (a heparan sulfate proteoglycan) coats these fibers and they are high in heparan sulfate) and the Lamina Lucida (made up of laminin, integrins, entactins, and dystroglycans) together make up the basal lamina. Lamina Reticularis attached to basal lamina with anchoring fibrils (type VII collagen fibers) and microfibrils (fibrilin) is collectively known as the basement membrane.
- The term “bile acid” is understood as a steroid acids found predominantly in the bile of mammals. Bile acids can act as detergents and surfactants. Bile acids include, but are not limited to taurocholic acid, glycocholic acid, cholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, deoxycholic acid, and lithocholic acid.
- The term “biocompatible” when used in relation to polymers are art-recognized. For example, biocompatible polymers include polymers that are neither themselves toxic to the host at the concentrations and quantities used (e.g., an animal or human), nor degrade (if the polymer degrades) at a rate that produces monomeric or oligomeric subunits or other byproducts at toxic concentrations in the host. In certain embodiments of the present invention, biodegradation generally involves degradation of the polymer in an organism, e.g., into its monomeric subunits, which may be known to be effectively non-toxic. Intermediate oligomeric products resulting from such degradation may have different toxicological properties, however, or biodegradation may involve oxidation or other biochemical reactions that generate molecules other than monomeric subunits of the polymer. Consequently, in certain embodiments, toxicology of a biodegradable polymer intended for in vivo use, such as implantation or injection into a patient, may be determined after one or more toxicity analyses. It is not necessary that any subject composition have a purity of 100% to be deemed biocompatible; indeed, it is only necessary that the subject compositions be biocompatible as set forth above. Hence, a subject composition may comprise polymers comprising 99%, 98%, 97%, 96%, 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 60%, 50% or even less of biocompatible polymers, e.g., including polymers and other materials and excipients described herein, and still be biocompatible.
- To determine whether a polymer or other material is biocompatible, it may be necessary to conduct a toxicity analysis. Such assays are well known in the art. One example of such an assay may be performed with live carcinoma cells, such as GT3TKB tumor cells, in the following manner the sample is degraded in 1M NaOH at 37° C. until complete degradation is observed. The solution is then neutralized with 1M HCl. About 200 μL of various concentrations of the degraded sample products are placed in 96-well tissue culture plates and seeded with human gastric carcinoma cells (GT3TKB) at 104/well density. The degraded sample products are incubated with the GT3TKB cells for 48 hours. The results of the assay may be plotted as % relative growth vs. concentration of degraded sample in the tissue-culture well. In addition, polymers, polymer matrices, and formulations of the present invention may also be evaluated by well-known in vivo tests, such as subcutaneous implantations in rats to confirm that they do not cause significant levels of irritation or inflammation at the subcutaneous implantation site.
- Biocompatible materials can also include naturally derived products appropriate for implantation into a subject, such as the acellular adipose biomaterial provided herein.
- As used herein, “biocompatible biomaterial” are materials that can be used for tissue reconstruction, e.g., facial reconstruction, breast reconstruction, injection laryngoplasty; treating HIV protease-induced lipoatrophy; cosmetic surgery e.g., breast, buttock, calf, pectoralis, lip, and cheek augmentation, reversing wrinkles and filling in defects including scars, traumatic injury, congenital defects, surgical scars, burns, and defects from tumor resection, that are acceptable for use in a mammal, preferably in a human subject.
- As used herein, a “caspase inhibitor” is a class of protease inhibitors that prevent the action of the caspase proteases, also known as cysteine-aspartic acid proteases, which are involved in apoptosis, necrosis, and inflammation. Caspase inhibitors include, but are not limited to Caspase Inhibitor I, II, III,
Caspase 1 Inhibitor I, II, III,Caspase 2 Inhibitor,Caspase 3 Inhibitor, etc. - “Contacting” as used herein is understood as bringing two or more components into sufficient proximity (e.g. a biocompatible polymer, a cross-linking agent, a surfactant, and an adipose cell; subcutaneous adipose tissue and peracetic acid) for sufficient time and under appropriate condition of temperature, pressure, pH, ionic strength, etc. to allow for the interaction of the two or more components, e.g., formation of a gelled biopolymer matrix including adipose cells; decellularization of adipose tissue. Contacting in the context of the invention can occur in a reaction vessel such as a tube, or in a subject in a body cavity to be filled with a composition of the invention.
- “Cross-linked” as used herein refers to a composition containing intermolecular cross-links and optionally intramolecular cross-links arising from the formation of covalent bonds, ionic bonds, hydrogen bonding, or any combination thereof. “Cross-linkable” refers to a component or compound that is capable of undergoing reaction to form a cross-linked composition.
- As used herein, a “cross-linker” or a “cross-linking agent” and the like are understood as a compound that includes at least two reactive groups to allow for the formation of a covalent linkage, i.e., a cross-link, between two other molecules with compatible reactive groups. Cross-linking reagents contain reactive ends to specific functional groups (primary amines, sulfhydryls, etc.) on proteins or other molecules. Several chemical groups that may be targets for reactions in proteins and peptides are readily available, allowing them to be easily conjugated and studied using cross-linking methods. In certain embodiments, the cross-linker is used for the formation of a cross-link between two naturally occurring biopolymers, e.g., such as those present in the processed adipose tissue of the instant invention. Such cross-linkers include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, carbodiimide (e.g., N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N-ethylcarbodiimide (EDC)), N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS), polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), and acyl azide; or any combination thereof (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more cross-linkers). A “biopolymer cross-linker” and the like is understood as a cross-linker for use with a biopolymer such as artificial biopolymers or chemically modified naturally occurring biopolymers, i.e., not a biopolymer present in adipose tissue. Such biopolymers include, but are not limited to, hyaluronic acid, hydrogels, and other cross-linkable hydrophilic, charged, or otherwise covalently cross-linkable materials discussed herein. The selection of an appropriate cross-linker for use with biopolymers not present in adipose tissue are discussed herein.
- The polymerizable agent of the present invention may comprise monomers, macromers, oligomers, polymers, or a mixture thereof. The polymer compositions can consist solely of covalently crosslinkable polymers, or ionically crosslinkable polymers, or polymers crosslinkable by redox chemistry, or polymers crosslinked by hydrogen bonding, or any combination thereof. The polymerizable agent should be substantially hydrophilic and biocompatible.
- As used herein, “detecting”, “detection” and the like are understood that an assay or method performed for identification of a specific analyte in a sample. The amount of analyte detected in the sample can be none or below the level of detection of the assay or method.
- The term “gel” refers to a state of matter between liquid and solid, and is generally defined as a cross-linked polymer network swollen in a liquid medium. Typically, a gel is a two-phase colloidal dispersion containing both solid and liquid, wherein the amount of solid is greater than that in the two-phase colloidal dispersion referred to as a “sol.” As such, a “gel” has some of the properties of a liquid (i.e., the shape is resilient and deformable) and some of the properties of a solid (i.e., the shape is discrete enough to maintain three dimensions on a two dimensional surface). “Gelation time,” also referred to herein as “gel time,” refers to the time it takes for a composition to become non-flowable under modest stress. This is generally exhibited as reaching a physical state in which the elastic modulus G′ equals or exceeds the viscous modulus G″, i.e., when tan (delta) becomes 1 (as may be determined using conventional rheological techniques).
- As used herein, “growth factor” is understood as a naturally occurring substance capable of stimulating cellular growth, proliferation and cellular differentiation. Usually it is a protein or a steroid hormone. Growth factors are important for regulating a variety of cellular processes including cell growth, differentiation, migration, and angiogenesis. Growth factors typically act as signaling molecules between cells. Examples are cytokines and hormones that bind to specific receptors on the surface of their target cells. Growth factors include, but are not limited to, bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs), epidermal growth factor (EGF), erythropoietin (EPO), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), growth differentiation factor-9 (GDF9), hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), insulin-like growth factor (IGF), myostatin (GDF-8), nerve growth factor (NGF) and other neurotrophins, platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), thrombopoietin (TPO), transforming growth factor alpha(TGF-α), transforming growth factor beta (TGF-β), and vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF).
- “Hyaluronic acid” (HA) (also known as “hyaluronan” or “hyaluronate”) is a non-sulfated glycosaminoglycan distributed widely throughout connective, epithelial, and neural tissues. It is one of the chief components of the extracellular matrix, contributes significantly to cell proliferation and migration, and may also be involved in the progression of some malignant tumors. The repeating disaccharide unit of HA is (-4GlcUAβ1-3GlcNAcβ1-)n. Hyaluronic acid can be 25,000 disaccharide repeats in length. Polymers of HA can range in size from 5 to 20,000 kDa in vivo. Hyaluronic acid for use in the invention can have a molecular weight of about 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 15, 000, or 20,000 kDa, or any range between any of the two molecular weights provided. The specific size of the HA to be used is a matter of choice of the end user. For example, it is well understood that higher molecular weight HA has better viscosity for many applications. Lower molecular weight HA is angiogenic, however, lower molecular weight HA also produces a stronger inflammatory reaction than higher molecular weight HA. Such considerations are well understood by those of skill in the art.
- As used herein, a “hydrogel” is understood as a hydrophilic cross-linked polymer capable of containing a large volume fraction of water. More preferably hydrogels according to the present invention can contain greater than about 70-90 volume % water. When a hydrophilic polymer is formed in situ, it may inherently acquire water from its environment or from solutions used to create the hydrogel.
- As used herein, “isolated” particularly as used in “isolated adipose” is understood as separating the non-adipose tissue or cells from the adipose extracellular matrix, tissue, or cells to allow for preparation of one or more of the biomaterials of the instant invention. “Isolated adipose” can include solid isolated adipose, e.g., from tissue samples e.g., such as subcutaneous fat, or liquid isolated adipose, e.g., from lipoaspirate. Isolation does not require that the material is completely free of non-adipose material. Isolated adipose is understood as containing at least 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 98% adipose cells, tissue, extracellular matrix, etc. For example, adipose can be isolated from a tissue sample including subcutaneous fat by scraping. Adipose can be isolated from lipoaspirate by density using methods known in the art.
- As used herein, “kits” are understood to contain one or more components for use in a method of the invention, in appropriate packaging or with instructions for use.
- As used herein, “lipoaspirate” is an otherwise disposable byproduct of cosmetic surgery procedures such as liposuction.
- As used herein, “mammal” is understood as any animal of the class mammalian Mammal is understood to include, but is not limited to human and non-human primates, pigs, dogs, cats, cows, mice, rats, horses, and rabbits.
- As used herein, “manipulating” is understood as manually (e.g., like kneading bread) or mechanically (e.g., using a mixer, homogenizer, or blender) to work, press, or divide a mass of non-liquid material, e.g., adipose, to contact the material throughout with another material, e.g., a buffer, a dry material, a solvent, a supercritical fluid, an enzyme etc. Manipulating can be performed, for example, to promote decellularization and/or lipid removal from adipose.
- As used herein, “mincing” is understood as processing material, e.g., fat, for example by grinding or chopping material, or extruding material through a die, optionally repeatedly, to provide material that is finely divided. The material is preferably sufficiently fine to allow the agents contacted with the lipid, e.g., acid, detergent, buffer, cross-linking agent, to permeate the material. It is understood that the process of isolation of lipid from tissue necessarily results in providing smaller pieces of tissue.
- “Non-ionic detergent” as used herein is understood to include, for example, ethoxylated fatty alcohol ethers and lauryl ethers, ethoxylated alkyl phenols, octylphenoxy polyethoxy ethanol compounds, modified oxyethylated and/or oxypropylated straight-chain alcohols, polyethylene glycol monooleate compounds, polysorbate compounds, and phenolic fatty alcohol ethers. More particularly preferred are Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Pluronics from BASF (such as those listed as surfactants below)
Tween® 20, Tween® 80, from ICI Americas Inc., Wilmington, Del., which is a polyoxyethylated (20) sorbitan monolaurate, Iconol™ NP-40, from BASF Wyandotte Corp. Parsippany, N.J., which is an ethoxylated alkyl phenol (nonyl); octyl-glucoside, and octyl-thioglucoside. - As used herein, “nuclease” is understood as an enzyme that digests one or more nucleic acids, e.g., DNA and RNA. Nucleases include, but are not limited to, oligonucleotidase, deoxyribonuclease I, II, IV, restriction enzymes, UVrABC endonuclease, RNase III, RNase H, P, A, T1, and micrococcal nuclease. The nuclease for use in the processed adipose tissue of the invention is preferably biocompatible and/or becomes inactivated or can be inactivated prior to delivery of the processed adipose tissue to the subject.
- “Obtaining” is understood herein as manufacturing, purchasing, or otherwise coming into possession of.
- The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant” refers to a carrier or adjuvant that may be administered to a patient, together with a compound of this invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof and is nontoxic when administered in doses sufficient to deliver a therapeutic amount of the compound.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers for use in the invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example, Tween® 80) and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are mannitol, water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, or carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as emulsions and or suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants such as Tweens or Spans and/or other similar emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
- As used herein, “plurality” is understood to mean more than one. For example, a plurality refers to at least two, three, four, five, 10, 25, 50, 100 or more.
- “Polyethylene glycol” (PEG) (also known as poly(ethylene oxide) (PEO) or polyoxyethylene (POE)) has the formula HO—(CH2—CH2—O—)n—H and are typically linear (i.e., unbranched) molecules. Polyethylene glycol for use in the compositions and methods of the instant invention have a molecular weight of about 1000 MW to 10,000 MW.
- A polymerizable mixture as used herein is any suitable polymerizable polymer, monomer, or mixture of monomers and polymers that forms: a covalently crosslinked network, with or without the presence of a polymerization initiator, an ionically crosslinked network, or blends of covalently and ionically crosslinked networks. Polymerizable mixtures in accordance with the present invention must be able to form polymerized networks that are non-toxic to the cells being encapsulated, or the tissue or subject into which the material is to be implanted.
- A photopolymerizable polymer is any suitable polymer that forms a covalently crosslinked network using radiation provided by an external source, or blends of covalently and ionically crosslinkable or hydrophilic polymers which, when exposed to radiation from an external source, form semi-interpenetrating networks having cells suspended therein. Photopolymerizable mixtures in accordance with the present invention must be able to form polymerized networks that are non-toxic to the cells being encapsulated.
- A polymerization initiator is any substance that initiates crosslinking of the polymer to form a hydrogel network, and includes redox agents, divalent cations such as calcium, and substances that form active species when exposed to visible light and/or UV radiation. A photoinitiator is a specific type of polymerization initiator that generates an active species when exposed to UV light and/or visible light, and can be used to initiate polymerization (i.e., crosslinking) of the photopolymerizable mixtures. Polymerization initiators and photoinitiators in accordance with the present invention must be non-toxic to the cells being encapsulated when used in the amounts required to initiate crosslinking of the polymerizable mixtures.
- A hydrogel for encapsulating living cells is a hydrophilic polymer network with a high water content. Such hydrogels in accordance with the present invention, may have, for example, a water content greater than about 70-90%. Such hydrogels in accordance with the present invention are non-toxic to the encapsulated cells and permit the movement of nutrients to the cells, and waste products away from the cells, through the polymer network.
- A “polymerizing initiator” refers to any substance or stimulus that can initiate polymerization of monomers or macromers by free radical generation. Exemplary polymerizing initiators include electromagnetic radiation, heat, and chemical compounds.
- The process of “promoting decellularization and lipid extraction” is understood as chemical or physical treatment and/or manipulation of a sample, such as a tissue sample, to remove cells and lipids from the material. The process can include serial rounds of washing and manipulation of the sample in the presence of one or more buffers.
- “Providing,” refers to obtaining, by for example, buying, making, or otherwise coming into possession of.
- “Securely attached viable cells” are understood as living, adherent cells that remain attached to the processed adipose tissue, for example, using routine methods of rinsing cells to exchange growth media. Securely attached viable cells remain attached to the processed adipose tissue, for example, through routine washing methods to image cells attached to the matrix using the methods such as those provided in the examples below. It can be determined that viable cells are securely attached, or if a material allows for secure attachment of cells by performing routine cell staining methods (e.g., immunofluorescence, tyrpan blue, etc.) and determining that 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more, 90% or more, or 95% or more of the viable cells originally attached to the processed adipose tissue remain attached after the rinsing and/or washing steps used in cell culture, immunofluorescence staining, or other cell staining and manipulation methods provided herein.
- As used herein, a “solution” means a solution, a suspension, or a colloid.
- The term “space,” is used herein to described the location of where a composition of the instant invention is injected or implanted to solidify, and is defined broadly and may include a cavity formed in a mold, a cavity surgically formed in tissue, or a naturally existing cavity in tissue that can be surgically accessed, a wrinkle or other tissue aberration to be repaired using the compositions and methods of the invention.
- As used herein, “subject” is understood as an animal, preferably a mammal such as a mouse, rat, dog, cat, monkey, cow, pig, or a human or non-human primate. A human subject can also be known as a patient.
- As used herein, a “substantial immune response” is understood as an immunological response of a subject after implantation of a processed adipose tissue of the invention that requires intervention by a medical professional (e.g., need for removal of the processed adipose tissue, administration of immunosuppressive drugs); or results in substantially reduced lifetime of the implanted processed adipose tissue, for example the duration of the implanted processed adipose tissue is decreased by 50% or more, at least 60% or more, at least 70% or more, at least 80% or more, or at least 90% or more, and wherein the implanted processed adipose tissue is infiltrated with at least one type of inflammatory cell including, but not limited to, macrophages, neutrophils, and eosinophils. A substantial immune response does not include temporary and transient (e.g., one week or less, 6 days or less, 5 days or less, 4 days or less, 3 days or less, 2 days or less, or one day or less) of general redness, irritation, and swelling at the site of implantation that is reduced over time, and may not be a response to the implanted tissue per se, but instead to the disruption of the skin or otherwise adjacent tissue due to the disruption or stretching of the skin or tissue associated with implantation.
- “Surfactant” as used herein is a composition for helping emulsification of fat tissue in the described biomaterial, hydrogel, or other biomaterial solution comprising a straight chain polyether surfactant having an HLB (hydrophilic-lipophilic balance) value greater than or equal to 18 or any of combination, which is proved to be safe for clinical use.
- Straight chain polyether surfactants are available from commercial sources including, but not limited to, BASF Wyandotte Corp (Wyandotte, Mich.) as “Pluronic™”. The HLB of a surfactant is known to be a major factor in determining the emulsification characteristics of a polyether surfactant. In general, surfactants with lower HLB values are more lipophilic, while surfactants with higher HLB values are more hydrophilic. The HLB values of various poloxamines and poloxamers are provided by BASF Wyandotte Corp.
- Suitable straight chain polyether surfactants having an HLB value greater than or equal to 18, include for example but are not limited to Pluronic F38™ (BASF) having a HLB of 31 and average molecular weight (AMW) of 4700; Pluronic F68™ (BASF) having a HLB of 29 and AMW of 8400; Pluronic 68LF™ (BASF) having a HLB of 26 and AMW or 7700; Pluronic F77™ (BASF) having a HLB of 25 and AMW of 6600; Pluronic F87™ (BASF) having a HLB of 24 and AMW of 7700; Pluronic F88™ (BASF) having a HLB of 28 and AMW or 11400; Pluronic F98™ (BASF) having a HLB of 28 and AMW of 13000; Pluronic F108™ (BASF) having a HLB of 27 and AMW of 14600; Pluronic F127™ (BASF) having a HLB of 22 and AMW of 12600; Pluronic L3 5™ (BASF) having a HLB of 19 and AMW of 1900; Tetronic 707™ (BASF) having a HLB of 27 and AMW of 12200; Tetronic 908™ (BASF) having a HLB of 31 and AMW of 25000. The preferred straight chain poly(ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide) (PEO-PPO-PEO) block copolymers having HLB value greater than or equal to 18, Pluronic surfactants, are Pluronic F38™, Pluronic F68™, Pluronic 68LF™, Pluronic F77™, Pluronic F87™, Pluronic F88™, Pluronic F98™, Pluronic F108™, and Pluronic F127™. More preferred Pluronic surfactants are Pluronic F127™
- To obtain the required HLB of fat tissue, polyether surfactants or polyether surfactants in combination in the aqueous composition is from about 2.0 to 10.0 weight percent. More preferably, the total combined amounts range from 4.0 to 8.0 weight percent.
- “Weak Acid” as used herein is understood herein as an acid that does not dissociate completely in solution, for example, peracetic acid (PAA), acetic acid, boric acid, and phosphoric acid.
- Ranges provided herein are understood to be shorthand for all of the values within the range. For example, a range of 1 to 50 is understood to include any number, combination of numbers, or sub-range from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, and 50.
- “At least” a certain value is understood as that value or more. For example, “at least 10,” is understood as “10 or more”; “at least 20” is understood as “20 or more.” As used herein, “less than” a specific value is understood to mean that value and less. For example “less than 10” is understood to mean “10 or less.”
- Unless specifically stated or obvious from context, as used herein, the term “or” is understood to be inclusive.
- Unless specifically stated or obvious from context, as used herein, the terms “a”, “an”, and “the” are understood to be singular or plural.
- Unless specifically stated or obvious from context, as used herein, the term “about” is understood as within a range of normal tolerance in the art, for example within 2 standard deviations of the mean. About can be understood as within 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.1%, 0.05%, or 0.01% of the stated value.
- The recitation of a listing of chemical groups in any definition of a variable herein includes definitions of that variable as any single group or combination of listed groups. The recitation of an embodiment for a variable or aspect herein includes that embodiment as any single embodiment or in combination with any other embodiments or portions thereof.
- Any compositions or methods provided herein can be combined with one or more of any of the other compositions and methods provided herein.
-
FIG. 1 shows lipoaspirate adipose tissue for implantation. A) shows a lipid and aqueous PEG mixture. The far left tube contains no surfactant. Phase separation is evident. Moving to the right, increased concentrations of surfactant have been added demonstrating improved emulsification; B) shows 10% w/v PEG dissolved in varying ratios of lipoaspirate and HA (10%-50%); and C) shows an athymic mouse after subcutaneous injections of lipoaspirate and PEG and HA. -
FIG. 2 shows A) a gross image of soft tissue implants on the dorsum of an athymic nude mouse; B) T2 MRI of a Sprague-Dawley rat with soft tissue implants, allowing for volumetric measurements; and C-D) Height and volume of C) commercially available implants and D) cellular adipose tissue either with or without hyaluronic acid are plotted over time and have been found to correlate with known clinical persistence of implanted adipose tissue and commercially available injected dermal fillers. -
FIG. 3 : A) shows a sample of donor abdominoplasty skin with underlying subcutaneous adipose tissue, pre-processed. B) shows gross (top) and H&E (bottom) stained images of adipose tissue with varying (0.1%-5%) concentrations of Peracetic Acid (PAA) for 3 or 6 hours. C) shows H&E stain of pre-processed adipose tissue with dark purple (hematoxylin) stained nuclei and empty space architecture reflecting the lipid filled vacuoles. Compared to the gross image of pre-processed adipose tissue (A) a loss of the characteristic yellow color is seen with increasing concentrations of PAA (B). C) shows the dark purple hematoxylin staining of nuclei and vacuolar empty spaces in pre-processed tissue, as seen in (C), is no longer present in the processed tissue (B), confirming that decellularization and the condensation of the ECM occurred during the processing method. -
FIG. 4 . DNA assay quantifying the remaining DNA content in sample tissues following the various processing methods as compared to un-processed adipose tissue (control). -
FIG. 5 To confirm that the various processing methods are able to remove immunogenic and inflammatory cellular contents including DNA and lipids, but still preserve ECM components, A) the remaining protein content, B) collagen content, and D) GAG content were quantified and compared to control. C) Type I Collagen immunostaining (brown staining) and E) Safrainin-O (red stain) was done on histological samples corroborating the biochemical assays used to quantify the presence of collagen and GAGs. -
FIG. 6 . The biomechanical effects on complex viscosity after adipose tissue is exposed to the various processing methods. The complex viscosity decreases as the concentration of PAA used increases. -
FIG. 7 shows A-B) gross images of implanted processed adipose tissue in anathymic mouse 40 days after implantation; C) Implanted processed adipose tissue in a rat at day 45; and D) 4× H&E stain of processed adipose tissue following implantation in a rat at day 45. -
FIG. 8 shows the in vivo persistence as measured by A) the volume ratio and B) the height of subcutaneous implants of PAT measured over 21 days in a rat animal model. C) H&E stain of the implanted material atdays -
FIG. 9 shows the steps of adipose tissue processing using finely minced adipose tissue. A) shows an example of adipose tissue sample obtained from an abdominoplasty procedure. B) shows processed adipose tissue matrix after treatment with both 3% PAA and TX-100. C) shows a histological image of H&E stained intact adipose tissue, and D) shows a histological image of H&E stained decellularized adipose tissue showing no remnants of cellular components. Results from E) DNA quantification and F) collagen assays of tissue processed with varying peracetic acid concentrations from 0.1%-5% for three hours. -
FIG. 10 shows scanning electron microscopy images of processed adipose ECM without (top) cells and seeded with cells for 10 days (bottom) at the indicated magnifications. -
FIG. 11 shows resistance of non-crosslinked and crosslinked PhAT to enzymatic degradation as determined by the percent of total collagen degraded over 24 hours when incubated with collagenase for uncrosslinked control tissue and crosslinked ECM. A) shows PhAT (adipose ECM) crosslinked with 5-100 mM EDC. B) shows PhAT crosslinked with 1% and 5% HMDC inTween® 20. C) shows PhAT crosslinked with 1% and 5% HMDC in 2-propanol (100%). -
FIG. 12 shows results from a two-week in vivo rat subcutaneous implantation study. Gross (top) and histological (bottom) images of adipose ECM after 2 weeks of implantation by subcutaneous injection for A) uncrosslinked control,B) 5 mM EDC crosslinked, and C) 1% HMDC in Tween-20 crosslinked ECM. -
FIG. 13 shows the histology of subcutaneous implants after two weeks at the (A-F) interface and (G-I) center of the implant. Implanted extracellular matrix is denoted by an asterisk for images taken at the interface for (A, D, G) control, (B, E, H) 5 mM EDC crosslinked, and (C, F, I) 1% HMDC Tween®-20 crosslinked tissue. - The invention provides biocompatible biomaterials, methods for preparation of the biomaterials, and methods for implantation of the biomaterials of the instant invention.
- In the field of reconstructive surgery there is a significant need for appropriate soft tissue replacement. Adipose tissue continues to be the tissue of choice in repairing soft tissue defects due to trauma and surgical resections for tumors or congenital defects. Current autologous fat transfer techniques, however, have a number of limitations. The persistence of fat transfer varies widely with reports of anywhere between 30-90% in the literature. Persistence is often surgeon, technique, and patient dependent. Such loss of persistence requires multiple procedures to maintain the desired correction. The donor site morbidity associated with autologous fat transfer is also a significant concern. In addition, implanted adipose tissue often leads to post-operative calcifications. This is of particular importance for women with a history of breast cancer undergoing breast reconstruction following mastectomy, as this may interfere with mammography readings and result in multiple, unnecessary breast biopsies and anxiety. Finally, for many HIV patients suffering from lipodystrophy, or for patients undergoing chemotherapy and radiation for cancer, the associated cachexia leaves them without the adipose volume they would require for autologous fat transfer. For these reasons, a predictable, “off-the-shelf” material that retains the mechanical and biological properties of adipose tissue would be ideal for the reconstruction of soft tissue defects and soft tissue augmentation.
- One of the aims of regenerative medicine is to provide tissue substitutes. While biomaterials and cells are often employed to regenerate new tissues, these methods tend to be costly and take significant time to form the new tissue. Recently, tissue substitutes have been created from processed skin, bone, bladder, vessels, intestinal and amniotic membranes and are in clinical use for a variety of applications. Various processing methods have been employed to decellularize tissues, leaving behind the extracellular matrix (ECM), which consists of a unique, tissue specific aggregation of the structural and functional proteins ideally suited to support and maintain cells that make up a given tissue. (Reing, 2009. Tissue Engineering 15:605.)
- Previous studies have shown that the ECM components, glycoproteins, growth factors, and gylcosaminoglycans (GAGs) found specifically in subcutaneous adipose tissue have the potential to induce adipogenesis. We have investigated various methods to process adipose tissue in order to utilize the inherent bioactivity of subcutaneous adipose tissue to create instructive matrices for adipose tissue reconstruction. The methodologies for the fat tissue treatment depend on removal of cells and lipids that cause inflammatory reactions and local toxic reactions, respectively. The final, processed human adipose tissue (PhAT) is acellular and contains little to no lipid remnants, yet retains the native architecture and bioactivity of adipose tissue. This PhAT provides both volume and a scaffold for in situ tissue formation to be used for soft tissue reconstruction and augmentation.
- The first class of biocompatible biomaterials provided by the instant invention, cell based biocompatible biomaterials, includes a combination of biomaterial (water, frequently in the form of a hydrogel), and lipid (fat)-soluble molecules in the presence of a surfactant, preferably in conjunction with a scaffold, preferably a biocompatible polymer cross-linkable scaffold. This biomaterial is a fat cell-based biomaterial, and the transplant is preferably from an autologous donor. The extent of mixing can be modified by the surfactant choice and concentration. The fat can be processed as desired and the biomaterial choice can include many of the standard biomaterial components. The importance of combining the water and fat together in the presence of the scaffold is as follows: 1) the scaffold provides a three dimensional framework/scaffold for the cells in the fat to better form tissue (i.e., larger volume); and 2) some biomaterials (i.e., hyaluronic acid) can induce vascularization, which helps fat formation, and provide larger volumes. Since this procedure implantation of the biomaterial of the invention is preferably by injection, multiple injections can be made to build larger tissue structures.
- This first class of biocompatible biomaterials allows for the combination of hyaluronic acid, as well as other materials, including hydrogels, with autologous fat through the use of a surfactant system. Such a system allows for the emulsification of hydrophilic biomaterials and lipids into an otherwise immiscible material. The result is an injectable biomaterial with larger volume and enhanced longevity as compared to prior filler materials, thus improving clinical outcome compared to fat or filler transfer alone, while maintaining ease of clinical use and the desired texture.
- The invention provides a second class of biocompatible biomaterial which are acellular adipose biocompatible biomaterials also referred to as processed adipose tissue (PAT). The acellular biomaterial is derived from donor adipose tissue, however, as the cellular material is removed from the tissue, it is non-immunogenic and can be used for non-autologous donation. This provides for greater convenience and standardization of biomaterial for use by providing an “off the shelf” biocompatible biomaterial (filler).
- The acellular material is produced, for example, by decellularization, preferably chemical decellularization of adipose tissue. Due to the stiffness of the material, mechanical or manual manipulation is performed on the sample at each wash step to insure proper mixing of the processed tissue samples with the wash solutions. Preparation of the acellular adipose biocompatible biomaterial can be accomplished by performance of homogenization and serial washes in sterile saline or buffers for neutralization, preferably followed by serial washes in a solution to further extract the lipid from the cells, for example an organic peroxide such as peracetic acid (about 0.1%-10% v/v, preferably about 0.5% to about 3% v/v, preferably about 1% v/v) or a bile acid such as deoxycholic acid (about 0.1%-10% w/v, preferably about 0.5% to about 2.5% w/v, preferably about 1% w/v). The acid wash is optionally followed by serial washes in a non-ionic detergent such as those provided herein including Triton-
X 100 or Tween 20 (about 0.1%-10% v/v, preferably about 0.5% to about 2.5% v/v, preferably about 1% v/v) in a buffer such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or in water. Optionally, the bile acid, weak acid, and/or non-ionic detergent washes can be followed by washes in an organic solvent such as dichloromethane/methanol (2:1) to remove the remaining lipid in the material and produce a homogeneous white biological scaffold. Yet another option is to pass the material through a supercritical fluid, such as liquid carbon dioxide, with subsequent evaporation of the carbon dioxide and separation of lipid from the material, thus avoiding the use of toxic organic compounds. The material is then sterilized through any appropriate method including, but not limited to, gamma irradiation and/or treatment with ethylene oxide. This step can be supplemented with any preservation or protective agent in order to reduce damage to the material. The processed adipose tissue is then formed into particles of the desired size, preferably to allow for injection, and optionally mixed with the appropriate biomaterials such as polymerizable biopolymer scaffold with or without one or more cross-linking agents prior to injection into the subject. The material can be freeze-dried, either before or after formation into particles, for storage and re-hydrated prior to use. As needed, the injected material is subjected to a cross-linking activator (e.g., an appropriate wavelength of light) after injection. Such considerations are well understood by those of skill in the art. - Previous studies have shown that the extra-cellular-matrix (ECM) components, glycoproteins, and gylcosaminoglycans (GAGs) found in subcutaneous adipose tissue have the potential to induce adipogenesis (Uriel et al., 2008, The Role of Adipose Derived Protein Hydrogels in Adipogenesis. Biomaterials. 29:3712-3719, incorporated herein by reference). Taking advantage of the inherent bioactivity of subcutaneous adipose tissue, the invention provides tissue-derived materials by processing adipose tissue to create instructive matrices for adipose tissue reconstruction. The methodologies for the fat tissue treatment depend on removal of cells and lipids that cause inflammatory reactions and local toxic reactions, respectively. The final, processed adipose tissue (PAT) is acellular and contains little to no lipid remnants, yet retains the native architecture and bioactivity of adipose tissue. Similar to the off-the-shelf acellular dermal product, Alloderm™, which is commonly used for skin replacement and hernia repairs, this PAT would provide both volume and a scaffold for in situ tissue formation in soft tissue reconstruction and augmentation.
- As demonstrated herein, subcutaneous adipose tissue can be processed to remove cells and lipids, while still preserving the native architecture of the extra-cellular-matrix. Histology of the processed tissue is void of nucleated cells and the lipid vacuoles seen in unprocessed adipose tissue (e.g.,
FIGS. 3 and 9 ). - The optimal processing method removes all immunogenic components of tissues, such as cells and cellular debris, including lipids, while maintaining the functional and architectural properties of the ECM. In order to identify the processing method which best preserved ECM, we examined protein, collagen, and glycosoaminoglycan (GAG) content, in addition to rheological properties of PhAT produced from the various processing methods. The protein content remained greatest in the samples treated with PAA and
DNAse 1 where adipose tissue was exposed to 1% peracetic acid for 6 hours, 800 μg/mg. In all cases, the protein content was greater than control, 100 μg/mg. This can be explained by the tissue concentration that occurs during processing. Compared to unprocessed fat, where lipid has the greatest contribution to the overall weight of the sample, following processing, a sample of equal weight now consists of concentrated ECM, effectively concentrating the matrix components and proteins in the resulting material. The collagen content of PhAT exposed to 1% for 6 hours and 3% for 3 or 6 hours of peracetic acid (30-45 μg/mg) was significantly greater than control (2 μg/mg, p<0.05,FIG. 5A-C ). Exposure to 1% for 3 hours does not sufficiently remove lipids explains why this concentration effect was not seen, and collagen content was similar to control. Exposure to 5% peracetic acid for 3 or 6 hours resulted in collagen content similar to that of control despite being a lipid reduced material, indicating that, in this case, collagen degradation occurred. The results of the collagen assay were confirmed by immunostaining for type I collagen. GAG content was also highest in the PhAT produced with 3% peracetic acid and decreased with increasing or decreasing peracetic acid concentration (FIG. 5C ). This was also confirmed histologically with Safranin-O (FIG. 5D ). - Further characterization studies of PhAT prepared using PAA and
DNase 1 were only conducted on PhATs that were deemed potential candidates for in vivo testing. Therefore, only PhAT with minimal lipid content, 3% and 5%, were included in the remaining studies. As another means of determining which processing method had the least affect on the integrity of the matrix, shear-strain curves were obtained before and after processing. Rheological testing demonstrated that both exposure time and acid concentration affected the complex modulus (FIG. 6 ). PhAT processed with 3% peracetic acid for 3 hours most closely resembled the pre-processed adipose tissue. When incubated in acid for 6 hours, this PhAT became indistinguishable from the 5%×3 hour PhAT. The greatest decrease in complex modulus occurred when PhAT was produced following exposure to 5% peracetic acid for 6 hours. - The trend seen in the mechanical properties of the different PhATs was also reflected in the cell viability studies of 3% and 5% PhAT seeded with human mesenchymal stem cells. This indicates that the structural changes that were occurring during decellularization accompanied biological changes, affecting cell adherence and viability. Following cell seeding, Live/Dead assay performed at
day 1 andday 7. In every case, live cells were present after 24 hours of culturing on the processed adipose tissue. Greater cell viability was found for 3% PAA (3 and 6 hours) PhAT with decreasing viability in 5% PAA×3 hours, and almost minimal viability with 5% PAA×6 hours. Byday 7 live cells outnumber dead cells (red nuclear staining) only in PAT processed with 3% PAA. - To function as soft tissue replacement material, biocompatibility and persistence must be demonstrated. To evaluate the in vivo response to and stability of the PhAT, the 3% and 5% PhATs were implanted subcutaneously in rats and monitored over time. Histology at 1 and 3 weeks demonstrated a minimal amount of an inflammatory response (measured by presence of neutrophils, monocytes, and multinucleated giant cells) and no evidence of fibrous encapsulation or tissue necrosis. Representative histological images of the implanted material are shown in
FIG. 8C . There was evidence of cellular influx into the tissue, most likely consisting of fibroblasts given their fibroblastic morphology. Full lumen vessels were identified infrequently. - Caliper measurements indicated an initial decrease in the absolute height and volume ratio at 1 week, which appears to level off by 3 weeks (
FIG. 8A-B ). The histological appearance of the tissue at harvest time demonstrates far greater tissue density than its appearance pre-implant, indicating that though some initial degradation may account for the decrease in the volume of the implant over time, tissue compaction underneath the muscular skin of a rat may also be contributing to the initial decrease in volume. - Observations using PhAT prepared using PAA/TX-100/DNAse I were similar to those prepared without DNAse I. Further, cross-linking of PhAT provided a more protease resistant material that was still biocompatible.
- Removal of a sufficient amount of the cellular lipid debris, which has the potential to induce inflammation and toxicity, is an important challenge in processing adipose tissue. In our study, a concentration of peracetic acid (PAA) of at least 3% w/v resulted in a significant reduction in lipids. Characterization of the resulting PhAT demonstrated a concentrating effect on the matrix components, including proteins, collagen, and glycosaminoglycans (GAGs). It is the retention of these ECM components that maintain the instructional capacity of this material. PhAT prepared with 3% PAA was also able to support cellular adhesion when seeded with MSCs, indicating that the processing method does not significantly alter its structural and biological properties.
- We believe this material has important potential for clinical translation and therefore investigated its in vivo biocompatibility. There was no evidence of rejection or toxicity as a minimal inflammatory response was seen and there was no evidence of tissue necrosis. Nonetheless, cells were seen in the center of the implant material, demonstrating the potential for tissue integration in the subcutaneous space in the rat, where there was minimal fat pad available.
- Volume persistence is another concern in clinical use of this material. Caliper measurement studies indicated an initial dropping in volume, however, when the material was harvested, both grossly and histologically, a far more dense material was retrieved. Without being bound by mechanism, we believe compaction of the material, in addition to some degradation, can explain the persistence plot. As a biological material, we expect some degradation to occur as the PhAT is being incorporated and remodeled, however, tissue that becomes fully incorporated will have long-lasting persistence.
- Decellularized tissue has made an important contribution to reconstructive surgery. Used clinically, acellular dermis and bone have shown to facilitate tissue integration and restoration. Though others, such as Flynn et al., have decellularized various tissue, such as placenta, with the aim of creating a scaffold for adipogenesis, this technique has yet to be applied directly to adipose tissue. As our understanding of the role of the extracellular matrix in tissue production expands, it is clear that matrix components do not just serve a structural role in tissue, but actively participate in the instructional aspect of cellular proliferation, migration, and differentiation, and ultimately, tissue formation. Much has recently been elucidated about the role of the various ECM degradation components in influencing cell migration and proliferation. In view of the ECM as serving this instructional role, we looked to the original tissue, adipose tissue itself, believing it to be uniquely suited to provide instructions for adipogenesis. In this study we demonstrate that adipose tissue can be successfully decellularized and serve as a potential material for soft tissue reconstruction.
- Removal of a sufficient amount of the cellular lipid debris, which has the potential to induce inflammation and toxicity, is an important challenge in processing adipose tissue. In our study, a concentration of peracetic acid (PAA) of at least 3% w/v resulted in a significant reduction in lipids. Continued optimization of the mechanical processing has proven that greater lipid extraction can be done at a lower concentration of PAA. Characterization of the resulting PhAT demonstrated a concentrating effect on the matrix components, including proteins, collagen, and GAGs. It is the retention of these ECM components that maintain the instructional capacity of this material. PhAT prepared with 3% PAA had rheological properties in the same order of magnitude as unprocessed adipose tissue and was also able to support cellular adhesion when seeded with MSCs, indicating that the processing method does not significantly alter its structural and biological properties.
- We believe this material has important potential for clinical translation and therefore investigated its in vivo biocompatibility. There was no evidence of rejection or toxicity as a minimal inflammatory response was seen and there was no evidence of tissue necrosis. These studies used a small implant size, 200 μl. Nonetheless, fibroblastic-like cells were seen in the center of the implant material, demonstrating the potential for tissue integration in the subcutaneous space in the rat, where there was minimal fat pad available. Others have show that when Matrigel® is implanted contiguous to adipose tissue, it has the potential to be adipogenic in vivo.7 Future studies with implantation near the epididymal fat pad in a rat would explore PhAT's adipogenic potential when in contact with an adipose environment, as one would expect in the breast, for example. Furthermore, it is the host cells that are being stimulated to become adipocytes when exposed to matrigel. Studies have identified that it is the basement membrane components, specifically, collagen type IV and laminin that are responsible for the adipogenic potential. As adipose tissue is a highly vascularized tissue, the basement membrane proteins of the many microvessels found in adipose tissue will likely confer on it this adipogenic potential.
- The invention provides for the use of injectable biomaterials, including breast augmentation, to which the biocompatible biomaterials of the invention are uniquely suited. The use of the biomaterials of the invention provide solutions to problems with prior fillers and allow for elimination of scar, reduced surgical and anesthesia time, eliminations of foreign body reaction to a synthetic breast implant, as well as providing a more natural feel, for example in breast reconstruction.
- Methods to prolong the persistence of transferred autologous fat have been intensely pursued. Biomaterials have been used for this purpose in numerous tissue types. A major limitation in the application of biomaterials to lipid tissue is the phase separation when mixing hydrophilic biomaterials with lipids. Compositions and methods provided herein overcome these limitations through the use of a surfactant, thus facilitating the application of a variety of biomaterials to lipid tissue. Alternatively, the compositions of the invention provide a scaffold for fat cells without requiring the incorporation of the fat cells into the biomaterial.
- The use of currently available commercial fillers is limited by both volume and longevity. Although autologous fat provides greater volume, its use is limited by its low graft survival rate, due in part to cellular necrosis. By developing compositions and methods for combining biomaterial based scaffolds, such as hyaluronic acid or hydrogels to fat, both of these problems are simultaneously addressed. The combination of fat and biomaterials such as biocompatible polymers provides an immediately greater volume of biomaterial. Secondly, the compositions of the invention utilize the dual nature of hyaluronic acid and other biomaterials, behaving as both a scaffold in addition to a volume enhancing biomaterial, therefore providing a network that allows cellular attachment, vascular ingrowth, and interaction with growth factors, which addresses the problem of cellular death believed to be responsible for poor fat graft survival. The PAT of the instant invention can be combined with fresh autologous lipoaspirate or other cell containing mixtures, with natural biomaterials, such as hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, collagen, elastin, or laminin, for example, or other biomaterials such as biocompatible polymers and adhesives for use for any of a number of applications.
- The invention provides a surfactant system to allow the combination of various hydrophilic scaffolds, including commercially available hyaluronic acid and hydrogels, to hydrophobic adipose tissue to be used in fat transfer. Currently, lipoaspirate is injected in desired locations unprocessed. Through the use of a surfactant system provided herein, it is now possible to appropriately emulsify hydrophilic biomaterials with adipose tissue, prior to re-injection of lipoaspirate. This has the desired effect of enhancing the survival of the autologous fat grafts by providing mature and pre-adipocytes with a scaffold to which to adhere. In addition, the use of a biomaterial scaffold as the delivery agent enables the incorporation of various growth promoting factors to stimulate adipogenesis thereby promoting graft survival, another novelty to current fat transfer techniques
- Modifications of the invention include the use of various surfactants, provided herein, particularly for use with the cellular biomaterial.
- Further modifications include the use of various biomaterials, including Poly(ethylene-glycol) diacrylate (PEG-A), hyaluronic acid (HA) available as commercial fillers including but not limited to Restylane, Juvaderm, Captique, Teoxyl.
- The invention further provides for the incorporation of Mesenchymal Stem Cells (MSCs), Embryonic Stem Cells (ES), Adipose Tissue Derived Stem Cells (ASCs), fibroblasts as well as other cell types into the biomaterial encapsulated lipoaspirate. Further variations include scaffold modifications to include peptides, hormones, growth factors, vitamins, receptors, drugs, and other regulatory factors. Clinical application includes facial reconstruction, breast reconstruction, injection laryngoplasty, treating HIV protease-induced lipoatrophy, cosmetic surgery including breast, buttock, calf, pectoralis, lip, and cheek augmentation, reversing wrinkles and filling in defects including scars, traumatic injury, congenital defects, surgical scars, burns, and defects from tumor resection.
- Suitable hydrophilic polymers include synthetic polymers such as poly(ethylene glycol), poly(ethylene oxide), partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-polypropylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, and natural polymers such as polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates such as Ficoll™, polysucrose, hyaluronic acid, dextran, heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, heparin, or alginate, and proteins such as gelatin, collagen, albumin, or ovalbumin or copolymers or blends thereof. As used herein, “celluloses” includes cellulose and derivatives of the types described above; “dextran” includes dextran and similar derivatives thereof.
- Examples of materials which can be used to form a hydrogel include modified alginates. Alginate is a carbohydrate polymer isolated from seaweed, which can be crosslinked to form a hydrogel by exposure to a divalent cation such as calcium, as described, for example in WO 94/25080, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Alginate is ionically crosslinked in the presence of divalent cations, in water, at room temperature, to form a hydrogel matrix. Modified alginate derivatives may be synthesized which have an improved ability to form hydrogels. The use of alginate as the starting material is advantageous because it is available from more than one source, and is available in good purity and characterization. As used herein, the term “modified alginates” refers to chemically modified alginates with modified hydrogel properties. Naturally occurring alginate may be chemically modified to produce alginate polymer derivatives that degrade more quickly. For example, alginate may be chemically cleaved to produce smaller blocks of gellable oligosaccharide blocks and a linear copolymer may be formed with another preselected moiety, e.g. lactic acid or epsilon-caprolactone. The resulting polymer includes alginate blocks which permit ionically catalyzed gelling, and oligoester blocks which produce more rapid degradation depending on the synthetic design. Alternatively, alginate polymers may be used wherein the ratio of mannuronic acid to guluronic acid does not produce a film gel, which are derivatized with hydrophobic, water-labile chains, e.g., oligomers of epsilon-caprolactone. The hydrophobic interactions induce gelation, until they degrade in the body.
- Additionally, polysaccharides which gel by exposure to monovalent cations, including bacterial polysaccharides, such as gellan gum, and plant polysaccharides, such as carrageenans, may be crosslinked to form a hydrogel using methods analogous to those available for the crosslinking of alginates described above. Polysaccharides which gel in the presence of monovalent cations form hydrogels upon exposure, for example, to a solution comprising physiological levels of sodium. Hydrogel precursor solutions also may be osmotically adjusted with a non-ion, such as mannitol, and then injected to form a gel.
- Polysaccharides that are very viscous liquids or are thixotropic, and form a gel over time by the slow evolution of structure, are also useful. For example, hyaluronic acid, which forms an injectable gel with a consistency like a hair gel, may be utilized. Modified hyaluronic acid derivatives are particularly useful. As used herein, the term “hyaluronic acids” refers to natural and chemically modified hyaluronic acids. Modified hyaluronic acids may be designed and synthesized with preselected chemical modifications to adjust the rate and degree of crosslinking and biodegradation. For example, modified hyaluronic acids may be designed and synthesized which are esterified with a relatively hydrophobic group such as propionic acid or benzylic acid to render the polymer more hydrophobic and gel-forming, or which are grafted with amines to promote electrostatic self-assembly. Modified hyaluronic acids thus may be synthesized which are injectable, in that they flow under stress, but maintain a gel-like structure when not under stress. Hyaluronic acid and hyaluronic derivatives are available from Genzyme, Cambridge, Mass. and Fidia, Italy.
- Other polymeric hydrogel precursors include polyethylene oxide-polypropylene glycol block copolymers such as Pluronics™ or Tetronics™, which are crosslinked by hydrogen bonding and/or by a temperature change, as described in Steinleitner et al., Obstetrics & Gynecology, vol. 77, pp. 48-52 (1991); and Steinleitner et al., Fertility and Sterility, vol. 57, pp. 305-308 (1992). Other materials which may be utilized include proteins such as fibrin, collagen and gelatin. Polymer mixtures also may be utilized. For example, a mixture of polyethylene oxide and polyacrylic acid which gels by hydrogen bonding upon mixing may be utilized. In one embodiment, a mixture of a 5% w/w solution of polyacrylic acid with a 5% w/w polyethylene oxide (polyethylene glycol, polyoxyethylene) 100,000 can be combined to form a gel over the course of time, e.g., as quickly as within a few seconds.
- Water soluble polymers with charged side groups may be crosslinked by reacting the polymer with an aqueous solution containing ions of the opposite charge, either cations if the polymer has acidic side groups or anions if the polymer has basic side groups. Examples of cations for cross-linking of the polymers with acidic side groups to form a hydrogel are monovalent cations such as sodium, divalent cations such as calcium, and multivalent cations such as copper, calcium, aluminum, magnesium, strontium, barium, and tin, and di-, tri- or tetra-functional organic cations such as alkylammonium salts. Aqueous solutions of the salts of these cations are added to the polymers to form soft, highly swollen hydrogels and membranes. The higher the concentration of cation, or the higher the valence, the greater the degree of cross-linking of the polymer. Additionally, the polymers may be crosslinked enzymatically, e.g., fibrin with thrombin.
- Suitable ionically crosslinkable groups include phenols, amines, imines, amides, carboxylic acids, sulfonic acids and phosphate groups. Negatively charged groups, such as carboxylate, sulfonate and phosphate ions, can be crosslinked with cations such as calcium ions. The crosslinking of alginate with calcium ions is an example of this type of ionic crosslinking. Positively charged groups, such as ammonium ions, can be crosslinked with negatively charged ions such as carboxylate, sulfonate and phosphate ions. Preferably, the negatively charged ions contain more than one carboxylate, sulfonate or phosphate group.
- The preferred anions for cross-linking of the polymers to form a hydrogel are monovalent, divalent or trivalent anions such as low molecular weight dicarboxylic acids, for example, terepthalic acid, sulfate ions and carbonate ions. Aqueous solutions of the salts of these anions are added to the polymers to form soft, highly swollen hydrogels and membranes, as described with respect to cations.
- A variety of polycations can be used to complex and thereby stabilize the polymer hydrogel into a semi-permeable surface membrane. Examples of materials that can be used include polymers having basic reactive groups such as amine or imine groups, having a preferred molecular weight between 3,000 and 100,000, such as polyethylenimine and polylysine. These are commercially available. One polycation is poly(L-lysine); examples of synthetic polyamines are: polyethyleneimine, poly(vinylamine), and poly(allyl amine) There are also natural polycations such as the polysaccharide, chitosan.
- Polyanions that can be used to form a semi-permeable membrane by reaction with basic surface groups on the polymer hydrogel include polymers and copolymers of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and other derivatives of acrylic acid, polymers with pendant 503H groups such as sulfonated polystyrene, and polystyrene with carboxylic acid groups. These polymers can be modified to contain active species polymerizable groups and/or ionically crosslinkable groups. Methods for modifying hydrophilic polymers to include these groups are well known to those of skill in the art.
- The polymers may be intrinsically biodegradable, but are preferably of low biodegradability (for predictability of dissolution) but of sufficiently low molecular weight to allow excretion. The maximum molecular weight to allow excretion in human beings (or other species in which use is intended) will vary with polymer type, but will often be about 20,000 Daltons or below. Usable, but less preferable for general use because of intrinsic biodegradability, are water-soluble natural polymers and synthetic equivalents or derivatives, including polypeptides, polynucleotides, and degradable polysaccharides.
- The polymers can be a single block with a molecular weight of at least 600, preferably 2000 or more, and more preferably at least 3000. Alternatively, the polymers can include can be two or more water-soluble blocks which are joined by other groups. Such joining groups can include biodegradable linkages, polymerizable linkages, or both. For example, an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, such as maleic, fumaric, or aconitic acid, can be esterified with hydrophilic polymers containing hydroxy groups, such as polyethylene glycols, or amidated with hydrophilic polymers containing amine groups, such as poloxamines
- Covalently crosslinkable hydrogel precursors also are useful. For example, a water soluble polyamine, such as chitosan, can be cross-linked with a water soluble diisothiocyanate, such as polyethylene glycol diisothiocyanate. The isothiocyanates will react with the amines to form a chemically crosslinked gel. Aldehyde reactions with amines, e.g., with polyethylene glycol dialdehyde also may be utilized. A hydroxylated water soluble polymer also may be utilized.
- Alternatively, polymers may be utilized which include substituents which are crosslinked by a radical reaction upon contact with a radical initiator. For example, polymers including ethylenically unsaturated groups which can be photochemically crosslinked may be utilized, as disclosed in WO 93/17669, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. In this embodiment, water soluble macromers that include at least one water soluble region, a biodegradable region, and at least two free radical-polymerizable regions, are provided. The macromers are polymerized by exposure of the polymerizable regions to free radicals generated, for example, by photosensitive chemicals and or light. Examples of these macromers are PEG-oligolactyl-acrylates, wherein the acrylate groups are polymerized using radical initiating systems, such as an eosin dye, or by brief exposure to ultraviolet or visible light. Additionally, water soluble polymers which include cinnamoyl groups which may be photochemically crosslinked may be utilized, as disclosed in Matsuda et al., ASAIO Trans., vol. 38, pp. 154-157 (1992).
- The term “active species polymerizable group” is defined as a reactive functional group that has the capacity to form additional covalent bonds resulting in polymer interlinking upon exposure to active species. Active species include free radicals, cations, and anions. Suitable free radical polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated groups (i.e., vinyl groups) such as vinyl ethers, allyl groups, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, and unsaturated tricarboxylic acids. Unsaturated monocarboxylic acids include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and crotonic acid. Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids include maleic, fumaric, itaconic, mesaconic or citraconic acid. In one embodiment, the active species polymerizable groups are preferably located at one or more ends of the hydrophilic polymer. In another embodiment, the active species polymerizable groups are located within a block copolymer with one or more hydrophilic polymers forming the individual blocks. The preferred polymerizable groups are acrylates, diacrylates, oligoacrylates, dimethacrylates, oligomethacrylates, and other biologically acceptable photopolymerizable groups. Acrylates are the most preferred active species polymerizable group.
- In general, the polymers are at least partially soluble in aqueous solutions, such as water, buffered salt solutions, or aqueous alcohol solutions. Methods for the synthesis of the other polymers described above are known to those skilled in the art. See, for example Concise Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Polymeric Amines and Ammonium Salts, E. Goethals, editor (Pergamen Press, Elmsford, N.Y. 1980). Many polymers, such as poly(acrylic acid), are commercially available.
- Naturally occurring and synthetic polymers may be modified using chemical reactions available in the art and described, for example, in March, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” 4th Edition, 1992, Wiley-Interscience Publication, New York. Such methods may be used to, for example, introduce acrylate groups as described herein.
- Preferably, the hydrophilic polymers that include active species or crosslinkable groups include at least 1.02 polymerizable or crosslinkable groups on average, and, more preferably, each includes two or more polymerizable or crosslinkable groups on average. Because each polymerizable group will polymerize into a chain, crosslinked hydrogels can be produced using only slightly more than one reactive group per polymer (i.e., about 1.02 polymerizable groups on average). However, higher percentages are preferable, and excellent gels can be obtained in polymer mixtures in which most or all of the molecules have two or more reactive double bonds. Poloxamines, an example of a hydrophilic polymer, have four arms and thus may readily be modified to include four polymerizable groups.
- In a preferred embodiment, the compositions of the invention are prepared and injected directly into a site where it is desired to implant the material. If a cross-linking agent is to be used, the material is preferably injected prior to crosslinking of the polymer to form the hydrogel. In a preferred method, the crosslinking occurs sufficiently rapidly such that there is no substantial migration of the biomaterial away from the site of injection. In particular embodiments, it may be advantageous to deliver the biomaterial by multiple injections, either at multiple sites or at periodic time intervals, intervals of minutes, hours, days, weeks, or longer. Periodic implantation may be required to allow the skin to stretch to accommodate the biomaterial (e.g., during breast reconstruction after mastectomy).
- The site, or sites, where the biomaterials of the invention are to be injected is determined based on individual need, as is the requisite number of cells when the biomaterial contains cells. One can apply an external mold to shape the injected solution. Additionally, by controlling the rate of polymerization, it is possible to mold the biomaterial injected implant like one would mold clay. Alternatively, the mixture can be injected into a mold, the biomaterial allowed to harden, then the material implanted.
- The composition can be injected via a syringe and needle or any appropriately designed injection apparatus or minimally invasive implantation device directly into a specific area wherever a bulking agent is desired, i.e., a soft tissue deformity such as that seen post-operatively or with areas of muscle atrophy due to congenital or acquired diseases or secondary to trauma, burns, and the like. An example of this would be the injection of the composition in the breast area after mastectomy or in the upper torso of a patient with muscular atrophy secondary to nerve damage.
- The suspension can also be injected percutaneously by direct palpation, such as by placing a needle inside the vas deferens and occluding the same with the injected bulking substance, thus rendering the patient infertile. The suspension can also be injected through a catheter or needle with fluoroscopic, sonographic, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging or other type of radiologic guidance. This would allow for placement or injection of this substance either by vascular access or percutaneous access to specific organs or other tissue regions in the body, wherever a bulking agent would be required. Further, this substance could be injected through a laparoscope or thoracoscope to any intraperitoneal or extraperitoneal or thoracic organ.
- Optionally, various additives can be included in the hydrogel solution such as 100 U/ml of penicillin and 100 μg/ml streptomycin to inhibit microbacterial contamination. However, these are not the only bioactive additives that can be included in the hydrogel solution. For example, the bioactive additives could include, singly or in combination, growth factors, cell differentiation factors, other cellular mediators, nutrients, antibiotics, anti-inflammatories, and other pharmaceuticals. Although not limiting, some suitable cellular growth factors, depending upon the cell type, if any, to be encapsulated in either the hydrogel of the same or adjacent hydrogel layer, include heparin binding growth factor (HBGF), transforming growth factor (TGFα or TGFβ), alpha fibroblastic growth factor (FGF), epidermal growth factor (EGF), vascular endothelium growth factor (VEGF), various angiogenic factors, growth factors, nerve growth factor (NGF), and muscle morphologic growth factor.
- In addition, the hydrogel solution optionally includes a suitable non-toxic polymerization initiator, mixed thoroughly to make a final concentration of 0.05% w/v. When PEGDA or PEODA are selected as the polymers, the polymerization initiator is preferably added and selected to be the photoinitiator Igracure™ 2959 (commercially available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp., Tarrytown, N.Y.), although other suitable photoinitiators can be used.
- While photopolymerizable PEGDA and PEODA are among the preferred polymers for making hydrogels in accordance with the present invention, other suitable hydrophilic polymers can be used. Suitable hydrophilic polymers include synthetic polymers such as partially or fully hydrolyzed poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly(ethyloxazoline), poly(ethylene oxide)-co-poly(propylene oxide) block copolymers (poloxamers and meroxapols), poloxamines, carboxymethyl cellulose, and hydroxyalkylated celluloses such as hydroxyethyl cellulose and methylhydroxypropyl cellulose, and natural polymers such as polypeptides, polysaccharides or carbohydrates such as Ficoll® polysucrose, hyaluronic acid, dextran, heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, heparin, or alginate, and proteins such as gelatin, collagen, albumin, or ovalbumin or copolymers or blends thereof. As used herein, “celluloses” includes cellulose and derivatives of the types described above; “dextran” includes dextran and similar derivatives thereof. This list of photopolymerizable mixtures is meant to be illustrative and not exhaustive. For example, other photopolymerizable mixtures suitable for application in the present invention are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,224,893 B1, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- While a preferred photoinitiator is Igracure™ 2959, various other photoinitiators can be used instead. For example, HPK, which is commercially available from Polysciences, is another suitable photoinitiator. In addition, various dyes and an amine catalyst are known to form an active species when exposed to external radiation. Specifically, light absorption by the dye causes the dye to assume a triplet state, which subsequently reacts with the amine to form the active species that initiates polymerization. Typically, polymerization can be initiated by irradiation with light at a wavelength of between about 200-700 nm, most preferably in the long wavelength ultraviolet range or visible range, 320 nm or higher, and most preferably between about 365 and 514 nm.
- Numerous dyes can be used for photopolymerization, and these include erythrosin, phloxime, rose bengal, thonine, camphorquinone, ethyl eosin, eosin, methylene blue, riboflavin, 2,2-dimethyl-2-phenylacetophenone, 2-methoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenyl acetophenone, other acetophenone derivatives, and camphorquinone. Suitable cocatalysts include amines such as N-methyl diethanolamine, N,N-dimethyl benzylamine, triethanol amine, triethylamine, dibenzyl amine, N-benzylethanolamine, N-isopropyl benzylamine Triethanolamine is a preferred co-catalyst with one of these dyes. Photopolymerization of these polymer solutions is based on the knowledge that combinations of polymers and photoinitiators (in a concentration not toxic to the cells, less than 0.1% by weight, more preferably between 0.05 and 0.01% by weight percent initiator) will crosslink upon exposure to light equivalent to between one and 3 mWatts/cm2.
- While photopolymers are preferred for making the hydrogels, because it is convenient to control polymerization using external radiation supplied through a surgical scope, the present invention can be practiced using other polymer materials and polymerization initiators. Examples of other materials which can be used to form a hydrogel include (a) modified alginates, (b) polysaccharides (e.g. gellan gum and carrageenans) which gel by exposure to monovalent cations, (c) polysaccharides (e.g., hyaluronic acid) that are very viscous liquids or are thiotropic and form a gel over time by the slow evolution of structure, and (d) polymeric hydrogel precursors (e.g., polyethylene oxide-polypropylene glycol block copolymers and proteins). U.S. Pat. No. 6,224,893 B1 provides a detailed description of the various polymers, and the chemical properties of such polymers, that are suitable for making hydrogels in accordance with the present invention, and this patent is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Polymerizable agents for use in the instant invention may comprise monomers, macromers, oligomers, polymers, or a mixture thereof. The polymer compositions can consist solely of covalently crosslinkable polymers, or blends of covalently and ionically crosslinkable or hydrophilic polymers.
- It was previously reported that acellular biological tissues can provide a natural microenvironment for host cell migration and may be used as a scaffold for tissue regeneration. To reduce antigenicity, biological tissues have to be fixed with a crosslinking agent before implantation. In a study by Liang, H.-C., et al., 2004, a cell extraction process was employed to remove the cellular components from bovine pericardia. The acellular tissues then were fixed with genipin, a cross-linker, at various known concentrations to obtain varying degrees of cross-linking. It was shown in the in vitro degradation study that after fixing with genipin, the resistance against enzymatic degradation of the acellular tissue increased significantly with increasing its crosslinking degree. In the in vivo subcutaneous study, it was found that cells (inflammatory cells, fibroblasts, endothelial cells, and red blood cells) were able to infiltrate into acellular tissues. Generally, the depth of cell infiltration into the acellular tissue decreased with increasing its crosslinking degree. Infiltration of inflammatory cells was accompanied by degradation of the acellular tissue. Due to early degradation, no tissue regeneration was observed within fresh (without crosslinking) and the 30%-degree-crosslinking acellular tissues. This is because the scaffolds provided by these two samples were already completely degraded before the infiltrated cells began to secrete their own extracellular matrix. In contrast, tissue regeneration (fibroblasts, neo-collagen fibrils, and neo-capillaries) was observed for the 60%- and 95%-degree-cross-linking acellular tissues by the histological examination, immunohistological staining, transmission electron microscopy, and denaturation temperature measurement. The 95%-degree-cross-linking acellular tissue was more resistant against enzymatic degradation than its 60%-degree-crosslinking counterpart. Consequently, tissue regeneration was limited in the outer layer of the 95%-degree-crosslinking acellular tissue throughout the entire course of the study (1-year postoperatively), while tissue regeneration was observed within the entire sample for the 60%-degree-crosslinking acellular tissue. Liang, H.-C., et al., concluded that the crosslinking degree determines the degradation rate of the acellular tissue and its tissue regeneration pattern. These data demonstrate that the rate of degradation and the amount of cellular infiltration can be controlled by the amount of cross-linking of the processed adipose tissue.
- Methods of cross-linking of acellular tissues are known in the art. For example, acellular tissues can be fixed in an aqueous genipin (Challenge Bioproducts, Taichung, Taiwan) solution at various known concentrations buffered with phosphate buffered saline (PBS, 0.1 m, pH 7.4, Sigma Chemical Co.) at 37° C. for 3 days. The degree of crosslinking, can be determined by the ninhydrin assay (Stryer, Biochemistry, 3rd. ed, New York, Freeman, 1988, 50-55, incorporated herein by reference) or using a commercially available kit such as those offered by AnaSpec. The amount of cross-linking is defined as the percentage of free amino groups in acellular tissues reacted with a cross-linking agent such as genipin subsequent to fixation. The denaturation temperature of each studied group (corresponds to the denaturation of collagen) can be measured, for example, in a Perkin-Elmer differential scanning calorimeter (
Model DSC 7, Norwalk, Conn., USA). This technique has been widely used in studying the thermal transition of collagenous biomaterials. A heating rate was 5° C./min can be used. Typically, the temperature scanned is in an approximate range of (Td225° C.)<T<(Td+10° C.); where Td is the relevant denaturation temperature. The use of a sealed aluminum pan is recommended for volatile compounds. - The specific amount of cross-linker, the cross-linking time, and the cross-linking temperature can be varied depending on the specific cross-linker or cross-linkers used, and on the desired level of cross-linking depending on the final use of the processed adipose tissue. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has 40%-degree cross-linking to 95%-degree cross-linking. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has 50%-degree cross-linking to 90%-degree cross-linking. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has 60%-degree cross-linking to 90%-degree cross-linking. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has 60%-degree cross-linking to 80%-degree cross-linking. In certain embodiments, the processed adipose tissue has 50%-degree cross-linking to 75%-degree cross-linking. Cross-linkers for use with biological tissue derived material such as the processed adipose tissue of the instant invention include, but are not limited to, carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, carbodiimide, polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, and acyl azide
- Processes are known where CO2 is in the compressed state during extraction, as are others where CO2 is in the liquid state (Hubert et al., 1980; Wilson, 1984). This technique offers extraction yields comparable with those obtained by conventional extraction methods using organic solvents. Moreover, in contrast with organic solvents, carbon dioxide is non-toxic, non-flammable, non-corrosive, cheap, and readily available in large quantities with high purity.
- Supercritical fluids technology can be used for the extraction of adipose tissue in for the preparation of processed adipose tissue herein. Supercritical fluids (SCF's) are often referred to as dense gases. Technically, an SCF is a gas existing above its critical temperature and critical pressure, as defined in the phase diagram of the pure substance. When a gas is compressed above its critical temperature, densities increase dramatically. Therefore, under a given set of conditions, an SCF may possess the density of a liquid while maintaining the diffusivity of a gas. The solvent properties of SCF's have been recognized for over 100 years but commercial applications have been slow in developing. SC—CO2 is an ideal solvent because it is nontoxic, nonexplosive, cheap, readily available, and easily removed from the extracted products. Methods for extraction of lipids using SC CO2 are provided, for example in U.S. Pat. No. 4,466,923 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- The processed adipose tissue materials provided herein are rheologically defined as viscoelastic materials. A viscoelastic material has viscous (liquid-like) and elastic (solid-like) characteristics when stress is applied (deformation). A viscous material, like honey, moves or flows when deformed and does not return to the original state when the deforming stress is removed. An elastic material, like rubber, moves when deformed but returns to the original state once the deforming stress is removed. For the processed adipose tissues provided herein, low- and high-stress environments are important, because they are subject to high and low stress during use. High stress is applied as the material flows out of the narrow bore needle, and the implant experiences very low stress while the material is at rest in place at the site of application in the dermis. Rheologically, the viscoelastic characteristics of the processed adipose tissue can be described by estimating the elastic modulus (G′) and the viscous, or loss, modulus (G″) using a rheometer in a single programmed run. The characteristics of any viscoelastic material, including processed adipose tissue, can be described according to these two values. G′ and G″ can be combined into an aggregate value defined as tan, wherein, tan=GIG″. A lower tan corresponds to a stiffer, more solid or elastic-like gel. The specific G′, G″, and tan can be modulated in the processed adipose tissue by adjusting the concentration of the processed adipose tissue material for delivery, the concentration of the cross-linker, with or without biopolymer, and other factors.
- Rheological measurements can be performed using any of a number of methods known in the art. For example, small-deformation oscillation dynamic rheological measurements can be made using a Thermo Haake RS300 Rheometer (Newington, N.H.) fitted in the cone and plate geometry. Measurements can be made using a 35 mm/1° titanium cone sensor at 25° C. Oscillation measurements can be made over a frequency range, for example a frequency range of 0.628 to 198 rad/s. Percentage elasticity is calculated as percentage elasticity=(100×G′)/(G′+G″). The tan, tan=G″IG′, can be obtained from the dynamic modulus data at any selected frequency, for example at a frequency of 0.628 rad/s.
- The Examples and figures discuss experiments and provide results from adipose tissue based implantable materials. The results shown in
FIGS. 1-2 were performed using a lipoaspirate starting material. The results shown inFIGS. 3-13 were performed with solid, subcutaneous adipose tissue as a starting material.FIGS. 3-8 show results from experiments performed with less finely minced starting material treated with PAA and DNAse I, but not with TX-100.FIGS. 9-13 show results from experiments performed with more finely minced starting materials typically treated with PAA, TX-100, and DNAse I. The specific reagents used to prepare the processed human adipose tissue (PhAT) are discussed in further detail below in the examples that discuss the Figures and in the Figure Legends provided above. - A lipoaspirate was obtained using standard minimally invasive surgical techniques. Tumescent fluid was removed and the lipoaspirate was placed on ice until next step. The lipoaspirate was combined with various surfactants and scaffolds for the preparation of the biocompatible biomaterial.
- 1. Hyaluronic acid was emulsified with cellularized lipoaspirate in a 1:1 ratio with the addition of 5% Pluronic surfactant.
- 2. A 10% weight per volume PEG-DA was dissolved in a 50:50 ratio of PBS:Lipoaspirate.
-
FIG. 1 shows emulsification of the lipoaspirate and aqueous PEG mixture in the absence or presence of surfactant. InFIG. 1A , the far left tube contains no surfactant. Phase separation between the aqueous and lipid layers of the mixture is evident. Moving to the right, increased concentrations of surfactant were added, and improved emulsification was observed. - The HA used was a commercially available crosslinked HA which requires no cross-linker and can be molded by hand.
- A photoinitiator was prepared and added for the polymerization of the PEG-DA mixture. Initiator solution was prepared by dissolving eosin Y disodium salt (Sigma-Aldrich CAT #45235, which absorbs most strongly in the 450-550 nm wavelength range) in PBS (GIBCO CAT #14190342) (1.375 mg/ml Eosin Y). 100 mg (10% w/v) PEODA (3.4 KD MW SunBio CAT #P2AC-3) was dissolved in 50 μl of initiator solution, 30 μl of PBS, and 20 μL of N-vinyl pyrrolidone (Sigma-Aldrich CAT #95060). Final solutions were prepared by mixing this PEODA solution with 30 μl of triethanolamine (Sigma-Aldrich #90278) and 1 ml of lipoaspirate
-
FIG. 1B shows 10% w/v PEG dissolved in varying ratios of lipoaspirate in the presence of surfactant and HA (10%-50%). The lipoaspirate/PEG/HA can be formed into implants of the desired shape for implantation. - Alternatively, as shown in
FIG. 1C , the lipoaspirate material can be injected and cross-linked in situ. Prior to injection, the mixtures were vortexed until mixture appeared to have a homogeneous distribution of fat. The PEG-DA/liopaspirate mixture was injected subcutaneoulsy and a light source (e.g., light emitting diode) was applied to provide Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) in the case of hydrogel. Methods for transdermal photopolymerization are well known in the art (see, e.g., Elisseeff et al, Transdermal photopolymerization for minimally invasive implantation, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA. 96:3104-3107, incorporated herein by reference).FIG. 1C shows an athymic mouse after subcutaneous injections of lipoaspirate and PEG and HA. Raised bumps of cross-linked lipoaspirate can be readily seen. - To enable and predict clinical efficacy of the biocompatible biomaterials of the instant invention, a preclinical animal model has been developed and validated to predict the lifetime or persistence and tolerability of soft tissue substitutes. The persistence of subcutaneous injections of various soft tissue materials, including human adipose tissue and commercially available hyaluronic acid dermal fillers, in both athymic mice and Sprague-Dawley rats, correlates with the known clinical persistence of these materials. Persistence of the cell based biomaterials of the invention have been confirmed using MRI volumetric measurements. However, assessment can also be performed using calipers to determine height and width of the injected material.
- The injected lipoaspirate material, with or without HA, and HA alone, were tested for persistence in a mouse model. A similar experiment was performed using commercially available biofillers using a different measurement (height vs volume).
FIG. 2A shows an athymic nude mouse injected with various biofillers. The injection sites are indicated with stars.FIG. 2B shows an image of a T2 MRI of a Sprague-Dawley rat similarly injected with soft tissue implants, allowing for volumetric measurements. Height and volume of commercially available implants, inFIG. 2C , and cellular adipose tissue, inFIG. 2D , either with or without hyaluronic acid are plotted over time. Good persistence of the lipoaspirate material is shown. Further, the persistence of the material has been found to correlate with known clinical persistence of implanted adipose tissue and commercially available injected dermal fillers. For example, at 35 days, over 50% of the volume of the adipose with HA was still present. Hyaluronic acid alone, or adipose alone were found to dissipate more rapidly - Tissue acquisition and processing. Tissue was acquired from fresh surgical and cadaveric sources with appropriate consent of the donors. A representative sample of subcutaneous fat is shown in
FIGS. 3A and 9A . A representative histological section showing nuclei, lipid vacuoles, and extracellular matrix is provided inFIGS. 3C and 9C . - Subcutaneous fat was isolated from the sample by scraping. The scraped adipose tissue was homogenized in a blender. The homogenate was then placed on a strainer and washed for 5 minutes under deionized water to wash lipid and cellular debris. This was repeated three times. An equal weight of the homogenized and washed tissue was placed in 0.1%, 1%, 3%, or 5% peracetic acid for 3 or 6 hours on a shaker at 37° C. As adipocytes die, oil is released from the cells. To fully infiltrate the adipose tissue and remove the oil, the material was manually manipulated with a mortar and pestle, or homogenized in a blender or with a press between washes with PBS. As the lipid was removed, the processed adipose material changed from yellow to white (
FIG. 3B ). - Alternatively, the scraped adipose tissue was finely minced by forcing the material repeatedly through a die while rinsing with water to remove lipid. The minced material was transferred to a tube for solubilization using a 0.1%-5% solution of a weak acid, e.g., peracetic acid (PAA) in sterile distilled water for 3-6 hours at 37° C. with shaking to promote chemical decellularization.
- The PAA treated material was washed with phosphate buffered saline (PBS) to remove debris and to return the pH to physiological pH.
- In certain experiments, the PAA treated material was treated with 1% Triton® X-100 in 2 mM EDTA in sterile water overnight at 37° C. to further remove lipids. The material was rinsed repeatedly in PBS to remove detergent.
- In certain experiments, the PAA treated material or the PAA/Triton® X-100 treated material (
FIG. 9B ) was further nuclease treated in a solution of 0.1% of DNAse I or 600 units/ml DNAse in 10 mM MgCl2 at 37° C. overnight. - The processed material was rinsed repeatedly with PBS prior to storage. The processed material was stored at −20° C. in PBS with antibiotic, e.g., 1% penicillin/streptomycin or 10% Antibiotic-Antimycotic solution (A5955 Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.). Optionally, the material was flash frozen and lyophilized for 2-3 prior to storage at room temperature.
- The processed adipose material was made into particles for injection with or without a biopolymer scaffold and cross-linking agents.
- The processed adipose material was characterized using the methods provided herein. It was determined that more finely minced tissue which was also treated with Triton® X-100 resulted in greater removal of lipids and nucleic acids. However, adipose processed by either method produced a processed material that had good persistence in vivo as compared to commercially available tissue fillers, produced minimal immune response, and supported cell growth in vitro and in vivo.
- The acellular biocompatible biomaterial (processed human adipose tissue or PhAT) was tested using a number of assays to demonstrate that the material is acellular, lipid-free, includes intact extracellular matrix (ECM), and the appropriate dynamic stiffness. Exemplary assays used are provided. Other methods to determine if the material has the desired characteristics are known in the art.
- Cell Free. Hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining was performed on paraffin-embedded sections of PAT prepared by at least one of the methods of the previous example to determine the presence of nuclei (cells) (compare
FIGS. 7C and 9C toFIGS. 7B and 9D ). No cellular material or nuclei were observed after processing with PAA and DNAse (FIG. 7B ) or with PAA, TX-100, and DNAse (FIG. 9D ) per the methods of the invention. - In addition, MHC class I immunostaining can be performed to evaluate the presence of antigens.
- DNA content: To demonstrate degree of decellularization, a DNA assay was done. For fluorometric DNA assays, calf thymus DNA standards were prepared with 0-100 ng/ml DNA. Samples (100 μl) or standards were mixed with 33258 Hoechst solution (0.1 ng/ml, Molecular probes, Eugene, Oreg.) dissolved in 1×THE buffer (10 mM Tris, 1 mM EDTA, 0.2 M NaCl, pH. 7.4). DNA content was determined with a fluorometer (
Hoefer DyNA Quant 200 Florometer) using A365 nm excitation and A458 nm emission, and calculated from the calf thymus DNA standard curve. - Biochemical analysis of the composition of decellularized adipose tissue showed little donor variability across the three different donors. As shown, the PAA and nuclease (
FIG. 4 ) and the PAA, TX-100, and nuclease (FIG. 9E ) treatments removed a substantial amount of the nucleic acid present in the sample. Due to the significantly reduced volume of the processed material as compared to the starting material, no comparison is made to the original material inFIG. 9 . InFIG. 9 , samples treated with 0.1% peracetic acid had the highest DNA content in comparison with samples from higher acid concentrations, which gave similar results despite varying the acid concentration from 1% to 5% (FIG. 9E ). These results demonstrate that the PhAT of the invention removes a significant amount of nucleic acid from the tissue, with the specific concentration of PAA having less of an effect on the nucleic acid removal in the more finely minced sample that is also treated with TX-100. - Lipid Free. A rapid emulsion assay was conducted to rule out the presence of residual lipids in the processed tissue. Varying amounts of low levels of lipid were detected in the samples, typically with lower PAA concentrations resulting in more residual lipid remaining in the tissue. An obvious change in the gross and histologic appearance of subcutaneous adipose tissue occurred following processing (
FIG. 3 ). Pre-processed adipose tissue has an orange color reflecting its highly concentrated lipid content (FIG. 3A ). Following mechanical disruption and peracetic acid (PAA) exposure, lipid removal correlated with concentration of peracetic acid, as demonstrated by the increasingly white color of the PhAT. Histology with H&E staining also revealed a loss of the lipid laden vacuole cellular architecture of the pre-processed fat (FIG. 3C ). Processing of adipose tissue results in condensed ECM with a fibrous appearance consistent with collagen fiber architecture. - The presence of lipids was also observed histologically. No lipid was observed histologically (
FIG. 5E ). - Histology: The scaffolds were fixed overnight in 10% formalin. A series of ethanol (EtOH) solutions were used to dehydrate the samples, which were subsequently embedded in paraffin overnight. Sections were cut to 5 μm thickness, mounted on a microscope slide and allowed to dry for an hour to overnight on a 40° C. plate. Following rehydration, the sections were stained using hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) and Safranin-O/Fast Green Immunohistochemistry was performed using the Histostain-SP kit (Zymed Laboratories Inc., San Francisco, Calif.) following the manufacturer's protocol. Rabbit polyclonal antibodies to collagen I (Research Diagnostics Inc.) were used as the primary antibodies.
- Protein Content: A comparison of the protein content in the PhAT samples created by the different processing methods was done using a bicinchoninic acid (BCA) protein assay kit (Sigma-Aldrich, B 9643, St. Louis, Mo.) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Briefly, 20 parts of the BCA working reagent are mixed with 1 part of a test sample and incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes. The absorbance of test samples was read at λ=562 and compared to standards containing known amounts of albumin. Protein content in samples after treatment with PAA and TX-100 are shown in
FIG. 5A . - Collagen Content: Briefly, total collagen content was determined by measuring the hydroxyproline concentration of the papain-digests (100 μl) after hydrolysis with 6 N hydrochloric acid at 110° C. overnight and reaction with p-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde and chloramine-T using 0.1 as the ratio of hydroxyproline to total collagen as described previously (Creemers, L. B., et al., Microassay for the assessment of low levels of hydroxyproline. Biotechniques. 22:656-658, 1997; Woessner, J. F., Jr. The determination of hydroxyproline in tissue and protein samples containing small proportions of this imino acid. Arch Biochem Biophys. 93: 440-4477, 1961, both incorporated herein by reference). A hydroxyproline standard curve was prepared using L-4-hydroxyproline (Fluka, USA). The results are shown in
FIGS. 5B and 9F . Again, the specific concentration of PAA had less effect on the amount of collagen remaining in the more finely minced material further treated with TX-100. However, as collagen content began to decrease at higher peracetic acid concentrations, most notably with the 5% peracetic acid (FIG. 9F ). At high acid concentrations, the extracellular matrix began to lose its structural integrity and became more difficult to handle. The optimal processing condition was determined by ability to best satisfy the two goals of completely removing cellular material while preserving extracellular matrix structure, ultimately using 3% peracetic acid for subsequent experiments. - ECM Preservation. Extracellular matrix preservation has been evaluated histologically to assess architecture (H&E and Masson's Trichome stain) (
FIGS. 3B, 5C and E, 9D, and 10), quantitatively, using a collagen and proteoglycan biochemical assay, and mechanically. Intact ECM was observed. - Proteoglycan concentration. Determination of proteoglycan/glycosaminoglycan concentration was performed on papain digests by the dimethylmethylene blue (DMMB) spectrophotometric assay as previously described. Chondroitin sulfate C (shark cartilage extract, Sigma) was used as the standard (
FIG. 5D ). - Rheologic Assessment: Rheological tests were performed on a RFS-3 rheometer (Rheometric Scientific Inc.) using the cone-plate configuration. A 25 mm cone was used with a gap of 0.0584 mm. Pilot dynamic shear strain-sweep test at a frequency of 1 rad/s indicated 0.1% shear strain was in the linear stress-strain range. Dynamic shear strain-sweep tests were performed on all subsequent samples to confirm the linear stress-strain range was similar. The dynamic shear frequency-sweep was tested over a range of frequencies from 0.1 to 100 rad/s at a shear amplitude of 0.1%. The complex modulus at a frequency of 10 was determined to be about 1×103-1×105 Poise.
- Dynamic stiffness and compressive moduli of samples were measured using the ELF™ 3200 test instrument. Statistical analysis is performed with the SPSS (version 10.0; SPSS, Chicago, Ill.) software package. Results are shown in
FIG. 6 . The complex viscosity was shown to decrease with increasing concentrations of PAA. - All biochemical results are presented as means and standard deviations (n=3-4).
- Statistical analysis was performed with the SPSS (version 10.0; SPSS, Chicago, Ill.) software package. Statistical significance was determined by ANOVA and post-hoc tests and set as p<0.05.
- The processed adipose tissue is assessed for the ability to support cell growth and adipogenesis in vitro. PhAT prepared by the methods of the invention were tested for their ability to support adipogenesis in vitro.
- Briefly, samples of the processed materials were seeded with mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) at a density of 5×103 or 10×103 cells per cm2. Adipogenic induction media was added at 24, 48, 72, or 96 hours and percent differentiation was determined at 5, 10, and 15 days by DNA, Oil Red O staining, and Nile red staining Cells were found to differentiate best when treated with induction media 72-96 hours after seeding and adipogenic differentiation was observed at 5 days.
- To further analyze adipogenicity, RNA is extracted from cells seeded on the PAT and RT-PCR for adipose markers including PPAR-γ and Lipo-Protein-Lipase (LPL) is performed and compared to cells expanded in monolayer and those in native adipose tissue as described (Hillel, A., et. al. Embryonic Germ Cells are capable of Adipogenic Differentiation in Vitro and in Vivo. Tissue Engineering Part A.14:1-8, 2008).
- Samples were prepared for SEM by fixing in 3.0% formaldehyde/1.5% glutaraldehyde in 0.1M sodium cacodylate buffer solution with 2.5% sucrose for 1 hour at room temperature. Samples were then post-fixed with 1% osmium tetroxide for 30 minutes shielded from light at room temperature before dehydration with graded ethanol solutions. CO2 critical point drying was carried out, followed by sputter-coating with platinum and images were taken on a
FEI Quanta 200 SEM (Hillsboro, Oreg.). - SEM images of the decellularized adipose matrix show the fibrillar collagen structure of the ECM with bundles of varying thickness (
FIG. 10 A, B). The ECM is also porous in nature, facilitating cell migration and nutrient diffusion. In vitro experiments with adipose derived stem cells reveal extensive cell adhesion and spreading on the ECM of the decellularized tissue (FIG. 10 C, D). Multiple cell-ECM contacts can be seen for each cell byday 7 in culture. - PhAT prepared using PAA/DNAse I/TX-100 treatments was crosslinked using N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N-ethylcarbodiimide (EDC) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) in 50 mM 2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid (MES) buffer at pH 5.5. Samples were incubated with crosslinking solutions for 4 hours at concentrations of 5, 10, 50, and 100 mM EDC with an EDC:NHS molar ratio of 2:1. Residual crosslinkers were removed by rinsing with 0.1 M Na2HPO4 for 2 hours followed by four additional 30 minute incubations with distilled water.
- EDC crosslinking was compared with a different chemical crosslinker, hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC). Due to its instability in aqueous solutions, previous studies from which we based our methods have used secondary alcohols as the solvent or used surfactants to preserve HMDC reactivity. For the secondary alcohol suspension, 1% and 5% HMDC solutions were made in 2-propanol. Samples were dehydrated in 2-propanol for 2 changes at 30 minutes each, prior to incubation for 4 hours in the crosslinking solution. Samples were rinsed with 100% 2-propanol twice for 30 minutes each, followed by rehydration using graded 2-propanol solutions and 4 additional rinses with distilled water for 30 minutes each.
- Samples were also crosslinked with 1% and 5% HMDC in a surfactant solution containing 1
% Tween 20 in a phosphate buffer (0.054 M Na2HPO3, 0.013 M NaH2PO4) at pH 7.4. Crosslinking was carried out at room temperature for 4 hours, followed by extensive rinses with distilled water, two 30 minute incubations with 4 M NaCl, and four additional rinses with distilled water for 30 minutes each to remove the surfactant and residual crosslinkers. - The different crosslinking conditions were characterized by comparing their susceptibility to enzymatic degradation. Crosslinked samples and uncrosslinked controls were lyophilized for two days to reduce variability based on water content. The samples were then incubated with 200 U/ml collagenase I in 0.05 M Tris-HCl (pH 7.5) in an incubator at 37° C. At timepoints of 1, 3, 8, 16, and 24 hours, the samples were spun down and supernatants collected and stored at −20° C. until completion of the experiment. Fresh collagenase was added and samples were returned to the incubator until the next designated timepoint. After collecting the supernatant at 24 hours, any remaining extracellular matrix was digested with a 125 μg/ml papainase solution for 16 hours in a 60° C. water bath. Finally, all the supernatants and papain digested samples were analyzed using the aforementioned collagen assay to determine the amount of collagen solubilized to obtain the percentage of total collagen degraded at the different timepoints. Three samples for each crosslinking condition were used.
- EDC-crosslinked samples showed greater resistance to enzymatic degradation in comparison to uncrosslinked controls when incubated with collagenase (
FIG. 11A ). Resistance to degradation increased with higher concentrations of the chemical crosslinker. HMDC crosslinking resulted in different degradation properties depending on the solvent used. When suspended in a 1% Tween 20 solution, very little degradation occurred with no differences observed between 1% or 5% HMDC concentrations (FIG. 11B ). When HMDC was suspended in 2-propanol, crosslinked samples in 1% HMDC were more susceptible to collagenase degradation than those in 5% HMDC (FIG. 11C ). - Live/Dead assay (Molecular Probes) were performed to demonstrate that the PhAT prepared by any of the methods provided herein were found to support cell viability.
- With an 8 mm punch biopsy, scaffolds were made from each PhAT treated with various concentrations of PAA and with DNAse, lyophilized to facilitate cell seeding, and reconstituted with human mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) at a concentration of 50,000 cells/30 ul of DMEM. Scaffolds were cultured in adipogenic media (DMEM supplemented with FBS and 0.5 mM of dexamethasone (Sigma; St. Louis, Mo.), 1 mg/mL insulin (Sigma; St. Louis, Mo.), and 0.5 mM 1-methyl-3-isobutylmethyl-xanthene (IBMX; (Sigma; St. Louis, Mo.)) at 5% CO2 at 37° C. After 24 hours and 1 week of culture, sections of the various PhAT scaffolds were cut and incubated in live/dead solution for 30 minutes (live/dead solution; calcein AM:EthD-homodimer1:DMEM (0.5:4:2000)). After 30 minutes of incubation, sections were washed and cell viability was observed under a fluorescent microscope as described by the manufacturer (Molecular Probes). Following cell seeding, Live/Dead assay performed at
day 1 andday 7. In every case, live cells were present after 24 hours of culturing on the processed adipose tissue. Greater cell viability was found for 3% PAA (3 and 6 hours) PhAT with decreasing viability in 5% PAA×3 hours, and almost minimal viability with 5% PAA×6 hours. Byday 7 live cells outnumber dead cells (red nuclear staining) only in PAT processed with 3% PAA. - Cross-linked PhAT preparations were also tested for the ability to support cell viability using a similar method. Chemical crosslinkers can be cytotoxic if residual crosslinkers are left in the tissue and the solvents used can also be detrimental to cell survival if incompletely removed. PhAT was prepared by forcing the adipose tissue through a die, and sequential treatment with 3% PAA, TX-100, and DNAse I as described above. Samples were then cross-linked as described below using 5-100 mM EDC, 1-5% HMDC in the presence of 1
% Tween® 20, 1-5% HMDC in 2-propanol (100%). Cells were seeded at 40,000 cells per scaffold in a 48 well plate and cultured for 5 days in ASC maintenance media (DMEM-F12, 10% FBS, 100 U/ml penicillin, 10 μg/ml streptomycin). - Cell viability was assessed using a LIVE/DEAD Viability/Cytotoxicity Kit (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). Cell-ECM scaffolds were incubated in live/dead media containing 4 μM calcein AM and 4 μM ethidium homodimer-1 in DMEM-F12 for 30 minutes at 37° C. and 5% CO2. Upon completion of incubation, live/dead medium was removed from wells and scaffolds rinsed with PBS. Cytotoxicity was assessed using fluorescence microscopy with 485±10 nm and 530±12.5 nm optical filters to visualize live and dead cells, respectively.
- Cells were viable and proliferating even in the conditions of highest crosslinker concentrations at both 1 and 5 days with far more live cells than dead after five days in culture for each of the conditions, compared to uncrosslinked controls. The condition that was least conducive to cell growth appeared to be HMDC in 2-propanol and was therefore excluded in the subsequent in vivo study.
- One milliliter of PhAT prepared by treatment with PAA and DNAse I was implanted subcutaneously on the dorsum of a Sprague-Dawley rat and 500 ul on an athymic nude mouse. Photographs of
representative mice 40 days after implantation of the PhAT are shown inFIGS. 7A and B. The implants were monitored over time via palpation and measurements were taken using a caliper and found to persist at 45 days from the time of implantation. The PhAT was palpable throughout the experiment and visible upon removal of the skin over the PhAT (FIG. 7C ). At day 45, the animals were sacrificed and the material was harvested for histology. Histology demonstrated evidence of integration with surrounding tissue, angiogenesis, and minimal inflammation (FIG. 7D ). - Persistence and biocompatibility of preferred matrices were tested in vivo with subcutaneous implantation in rats. All procedures were performed with prior approval from the Johns Hopkins Animal Care and Use Committee. PhAT was implanted subcutaneously on the dorsum of eight-week-old female Sprague-Dawley rats (n=4). To measure persistence, the length, width, and depth of each implant site was measured using a digital caliper and recorded three times and averaged. Assuming an ellipsoid shape for the implant, the equation (4/3)(π)(½ height)(½ length)(½ width) was used to calculate the volume using the average of each dimension. These measurements were done immediately after injection, at 1 and 3 weeks. The volume was then plotted over time and the results are shown in
FIGS. 8A and B. Following euthanasia at 1 and 3 weeks, the implants were extracted and fixed in 10% formalin overnight and stained using H&E. Histologic evaluation of the inflammatory response to PhAT implantation, cellular influx and vascularization of PhAT was used to assess biocompatibility. - There was evidence of cellular influx into the tissue, most likely consisting of fibroblasts given their fibroblastic morphology. Full lumen vessels were identified infrequently.
- Caliper measurements indicated an initial decrease in the absolute height and volume ratio at 1 week, which appears to level off by 3 weeks (
FIG. 8A-B ). The histological appearance of the tissue at harvest time demonstrates far greater tissue density than its appearance pre-implant, indicating that though some initial degradation may account for the decrease in the volume of the implant over time, tissue compaction underneath the muscular skin of a rat may also be contributing to the initial decrease in volume. - Biocompatibility studies were also performed using crosslinked PhAT. After two weeks of implantation, adipose ECM implants were opaque and vascularization could be observed at the surface (
FIG. 12 ). Inflammatory cells were present predominantly at the periphery of the implant. Although there was not an extensive inflammatory reaction, the most prominent fibrous capsule formed with the 5 mM EDC crosslinked ECM. Cell migration into the implant reflected the presence of a fibrous capsule, with fewer cells migrating to the center in the crosslinked scaffolds compared to controls (FIG. 13 ). From this data, it can be concluded that ECM can be crosslinked and implanted in vivo without eliciting a severe immune response, thereby providing a mechanism to modulate degradation profiles and mechanical properties of the biomaterial. - In a second study using the crosslinked PhAT was evaluated by in vivo injection studies in rats with prior approval from the Johns Hopkins Animal Care and Use Committee. 12-week-old Sprague-Dawley rats (n=2) were injected subcutaneously with 400 μL of decellularized adipose extracellular matrix of the following conditions: uncrosslinked (control), 5 mM EDC-crosslinked, or 1% HMDC-crosslinked in
Tween 20, with two injections of each condition in the dorsum. Implants were removed after 3 weeks and fixed with 10% formalin for histological analysis. Specimens were dehydrated through a series of graded ethanol solutions and cleared in xylene before embedding in paraffin. The implants were sectioned at 5 μm thickness, rehydrated, and subsequently stained with hematoxylin and eosin as well as Masson's trichrome to evaluate implant biocompatibility. Monitoring implant persistence showed maintenance of a stable implant volume after the first week of implantation. Good integration with host tissue and cell infiltration could be observed in the center of the implant, suggesting that with significant migration of cells and subsequent remodeling of the ECM, tissue regeneration could maintain a volume-stable implant. - Rheologic properties of the processed adipose tissue were assayed using known methods such as those described above (see also, e.g., Falcone and Berg, 2009. Temporary polysaccharide dermal fillers: A model for persistence based on physical properties. Dermatol. Surg. 35:1-6, incorporated herein by reference). The results are provided in the table below:
-
TABLE 1 Dynamic Rheologic Properties of PhAT at 0.63 rad/s Material η* (Pas) G* (Pa) G′ (Pa) G″ (Pa) Tan (δ) Fat 2.5 105 1.6 105 1.58 105 2.3 104 .1455 3% PAA × 3 h 8.2 104 5.2 104 5.1 104 8.8 103 .17175 3% PAA × 6 h 2.5 104 1.6 104 1.5 104 2.6 103 .16917 5% PAA × 3 h 3.6 104 2.2 104 2.2 104 3.6 103 .16208 5% PAA × 6 h 1.4 104 8.7 103 8.6 103 1.0 103 .12074 η* (Pas): Complex Viscosity, measured in Poise G* (Pa): Complex Modulus, measured in Pascal G′ (Pa): Elastic Modulus, measured in Pascal G″ (Pa): Viscous Modulus, measured in Pascal Tan (δ): Tangent delta {circumflex over ( )} indicates superscript - Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.
- All references, patents, and patent publications cited herein are incorporated herein by reference as if they were each incorporated individually.
- 1. Kaufman, M. R., Bradley, J., Dickenson, B., et al., Autologous Fat Transfer National Consensus Survey: Trends in Techniques for Harvest, Preparation, and Application, and Perception of Short- and Long-Term Results. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery. Volume 119(1), January 2007, pp 323-331.
- 2. Butterwick, K. J., Nootheti, P. K., Hsu, J. W., et al., Autologous Fat Transfer: An In-Depth Look at Varying Concepts and Techniques. Facial Plastics Surgery Clinics of North America.
Volume 15, 2007, pp 99-111. - 3. Uriel, S., Huang, J., Moya, M. L., et al., The Role of Adipose Derived Protein Hydrogels in Adipogenesis. Biomaterials. Volume 29, 2008, pp 3712-3719.
- 4. Creemers, L. B., et al., Microassay for the assessment of low levels of hydroxyproline. Biotechniques. Volume 22(4), 1997, pp 656-658.
- 5. Woessner, J. F., Jr., The determination of hydroxyproline in tissue and protein samples containing small proportions of this imino acid. Arch Biochem Biophys. Volume 93, 1961, pp 440-4477.
- 6. Liang, H.-C., et al., The effects of crosslinking degree of an acellular biological tissue on its tissue regeneration pattern. Biomaterials. 25:3541-3552, 2004.
- 7. Kelly J L, Findlay M W, Knight K R, Penington A, Thompson E W, Messina A, Morrison W A. Contact with existing adipose tissue is inductive for adipogenesis in matrigel. Tissue Eng. 2006 July; 12(7):2041-7.
- 8. Stillaert F, Findlay M, Palmer J, Idrizi R, Cheang S, Messina A, Abberton K, Morrison W, Thompson E W. Host rather than graft origin of Matrigel-induced adipose tissue in the murine tissue-engineering chamber. Tissue Eng. 2007 September; 13(9):2291-300.
- 9. Aditya Chaubey and Karen J. L. Extracellular Matrix Components as Modulators of Adult Stem Cell Differentiation in an Adipose System. Journal of Bioactive and Compatible Polymers. Burg 2008; 23; 20
Claims (21)
1.-29. (canceled)
30. An acellular delipidized biocompatible biomaterial comprising a mammalian adipose tissue extracellular matrix (ECM) derived from cadaveric adipose tissue, the biomaterial having between 1% to 0.001% adipose lipid by weight, wherein the biomaterial is non-inflammatory and substantially non-immunogenic when implanted.
31. The biomaterial of claim 30 , wherein the adipose tissue is human adipose tissue or porcine adipose tissue.
32. The biomaterial of claim 30 , wherein the composition comprises 0.2 μg/mg or less of DNA.
33. The biomaterial of claim 30 , further comprising a cross-linking agent.
34. The biomaterial of claim 33 , wherein the cross-linking agent is selected from the group consisting of carbodiimide (EDC), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDC), gluteraldehyde, proanthocyanidin, ribose, threose, and lysyl oxidase, carbodiimide, polyepoxy ethers, divinyl sulfone (DVS), genipin, polyaldehyde and diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), genipin, epoxy compounds, dialdehyde starch, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, dimethyl suberimidate, carbodiimides, succinimidyls, diisocyanates, and acyl azide.
35. The biomaterial of claim 30 , wherein the biomaterial is injectable.
36. The biomaterial of claim 30 , wherein the biomaterial is sterilized.
37. A composition comprising at least one biomaterial of claim 30 and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant.
38. A method for preparing processed adipose tissue, the method comprising the steps of:
a. providing mammalian tissue comprising solid adipose;
b. isolating the adipose from the non-adipose material in the tissue; and
c. decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose.
39. The method of claim 38 , wherein the decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose comprises manipulating the adipose with a buffer to promote lipid and cell removal to prepare processed adipose tissue.
40. The method of claim 39 , wherein the buffer comprises phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
41. The method of claim 38 , further wherein the decellularization comprises homogenizing or mincing the tissue.
42. The method of claim 9, wherein one or more of a weak acid, non-ionic detergent, or bile acid is used to promote decellurization.
43. The method of claim 13, wherein the acid is a weak organized acid.
44. The method of claim 38 , wherein the decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose comprises contacting the adipose with a weak acid and a non-ionic detergent.
45. The method of claim 38 , wherein decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose comprises contacting the adipose with an acid selected from the group consisting of peracetic acid, acetic acid, boric acid, phosphoric acid, and a bile acid.
46. The method of claim 38 , wherein decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose comprises contacting the adipose with a non-ionic detergent selected from the group consisting of ethoxylated fatty alcohol ether, lauryl ethers, ethoxylated alkyl phenols, octylphenoxy polyethoxy ethanol compounds, modified oxyethylated straight-chain alcohols, oxypropylated straight-chain alcohols, polyethylene glycol monooleate compounds, polysorbate compounds, and phenolic fatty alcohol ethers.
47. The method of claim 46 , wherein the non-ionic detergent is selected from the group consisting of Triton® X-IOO, Triton® X-114, Pluronics®, Tween® 20, Tween® 80, polyoxyethylated (20) sorbitan monolaurate, Iconol™, Nonidet® P 40 (NP-40), octyl-glucoside, and octyl-thioglucoside.
48. The method of claim 38 , wherein the decellularizing the adipose or extracting lipid from the adipose comprises contacting the adipose with supercritical CO2.
49. The method of claim 38 , wherein the adipose tissue is human adipose tissue or porcine adipose tissue.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/351,115 US20220073881A1 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2021-06-17 | Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US23291509P | 2009-08-11 | 2009-08-11 | |
PCT/US2010/045177 WO2011019822A2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2010-08-11 | Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products |
US201213383850A | 2012-03-30 | 2012-03-30 | |
US15/796,089 US11078461B2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2017-10-27 | Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products |
US17/351,115 US20220073881A1 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2021-06-17 | Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/796,089 Continuation US11078461B2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2017-10-27 | Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220073881A1 true US20220073881A1 (en) | 2022-03-10 |
Family
ID=43586810
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/383,850 Abandoned US20120189588A1 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2010-08-11 | Compositions and Methods for Implantation of Processed Adipose Tissue and Processed Adipose Tissue Products |
US15/796,089 Active 2031-06-07 US11078461B2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2017-10-27 | Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products |
US17/351,115 Pending US20220073881A1 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2021-06-17 | Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/383,850 Abandoned US20120189588A1 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2010-08-11 | Compositions and Methods for Implantation of Processed Adipose Tissue and Processed Adipose Tissue Products |
US15/796,089 Active 2031-06-07 US11078461B2 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2017-10-27 | Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products |
Country Status (8)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US20120189588A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2464724A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2013501586A (en) |
CN (1) | CN102575229A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2010282571B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112012003092A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2770490C (en) |
WO (1) | WO2011019822A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (60)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010033726A2 (en) | 2008-09-17 | 2010-03-25 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Drug delivery composition comprising a self-assembled gelator |
US9034386B2 (en) * | 2009-12-17 | 2015-05-19 | Queen's University At Kingston | Decellularized adipose tissue |
WO2012002986A2 (en) * | 2009-12-21 | 2012-01-05 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Decellularized and delipidized extracellular matrix and methods of use |
EP3412279B1 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2021-02-17 | The Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc. | Nanostructured gels capable of controlled release of encapsulated agents |
CN102114269B (en) * | 2011-02-22 | 2013-12-11 | 上海微创医疗器械(集团)有限公司 | Isocyano group-blocking anti-calcification artificial biological valve and preparation method thereof |
JP2014533119A (en) * | 2011-05-27 | 2014-12-11 | コーマトリックス カーディオバスキュラー, インコーポレイテッドCorMatrix Cardiovascular, Inc. | Valve conduit for extracellular matrix material and method for making the same |
AU2012262311B2 (en) * | 2011-05-31 | 2016-04-28 | Lifecell Corporation | Adipose tissue matrices |
US9089523B2 (en) | 2011-07-28 | 2015-07-28 | Lifecell Corporation | Natural tissue scaffolds as tissue fillers |
US8716363B2 (en) * | 2011-09-28 | 2014-05-06 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Biodegradable putty compositions and implant devices, methods, and kits relating to the same |
US10576037B2 (en) * | 2012-03-14 | 2020-03-03 | MAM Holdings of West Florida, L.L.C. | Compositions comprising placental collagen for use in wound healing |
CN102671242B (en) * | 2012-05-24 | 2014-04-23 | 东华大学 | Method for preparing accellular pericardial material |
CN103536967B (en) * | 2012-07-10 | 2016-04-13 | 上海微创医疗器械(集团)有限公司 | A kind of method for removing cells preparing extracellular matrix support material |
WO2014011402A1 (en) * | 2012-07-13 | 2014-01-16 | Lifecell Corporation | Methods for improved treatment of adipose tissue |
WO2014028941A2 (en) * | 2012-08-17 | 2014-02-20 | Allosource | Adipose composition systems and methods |
AU2013323747B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2017-02-02 | Lifecell Corporation | Processed adipose tissue |
EP2712633B1 (en) * | 2012-10-02 | 2015-04-29 | Biotronik AG | Bioprosthetic components for an implant, in particular partly crosslinked biological heart valves |
US20150037436A1 (en) | 2013-07-30 | 2015-02-05 | Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation | Acellular soft tissue-derived matrices and methods for preparing same |
EP2832379B1 (en) * | 2013-07-31 | 2015-07-22 | Biotronik AG | Method for the treatment of biological tissue |
US10537662B2 (en) | 2013-07-31 | 2020-01-21 | Biotronik Ag | Method for preparing biological tissue |
WO2015017772A1 (en) * | 2013-08-01 | 2015-02-05 | Parcell Laboratories, Llc | Stem cell-based preparations and methods for dermal and connective tissue reconstruction and rejuvenation |
US9878071B2 (en) | 2013-10-16 | 2018-01-30 | Purdue Research Foundation | Collagen compositions and methods of use |
CN104548207B (en) * | 2014-03-04 | 2017-11-07 | 四川大学华西医院 | A kind of preparation method of Adipose Tissue acellular matrix material |
WO2016007658A1 (en) * | 2014-07-09 | 2016-01-14 | Allosource | Supercritical carbon dioxide tissue processing methods |
KR20230048175A (en) | 2014-08-15 | 2023-04-10 | 더 존스 홉킨스 유니버시티 | Composite material for tissue restoration |
DK3247413T3 (en) * | 2015-01-21 | 2021-03-01 | Lifecell Corp | TISSUE MATRIXES WITH CONTROLLED POROUSITY OR MECHANICAL PROPERTIES |
WO2016149194A1 (en) | 2015-03-13 | 2016-09-22 | MAM Holdings of West Florida, L.L.C. | Collagen compositions and uses for biomaterial implants |
WO2016172365A1 (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2016-10-27 | Purdue Research Foundation Office Of Technology Commercialization | Cell-collagen-silica composites and methods of making and using the same |
JP6682385B2 (en) * | 2015-07-01 | 2020-04-15 | 花王株式会社 | Solid composition |
US10912864B2 (en) | 2015-07-24 | 2021-02-09 | Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation | Acellular soft tissue-derived matrices and methods for preparing same |
JP6889118B2 (en) * | 2015-08-11 | 2021-06-18 | アクロ バイオメディカル カンパニー. エルティーディー.Acro Biomedical Company. Ltd. | Manufacture of high-purity collagen particles and their use |
US11052175B2 (en) | 2015-08-19 | 2021-07-06 | Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation | Cartilage-derived implants and methods of making and using same |
GB2549110A (en) * | 2016-04-05 | 2017-10-11 | Northwick Park Inst For Medical Res Ltd | Tissue scaffolds |
WO2017176779A1 (en) * | 2016-04-05 | 2017-10-12 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Cellularized hydrogels and methods of using the same |
EP3452094B1 (en) | 2016-05-06 | 2021-11-17 | The Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc. | Binary self assembled gels for controlled delivery of encapsulated agents to cartilage |
EP3481446B1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-09-30 | LifeCell Corporation | Tissue matrices incorporating multiple tissue types |
US9993578B1 (en) * | 2017-01-12 | 2018-06-12 | Lorstan Pharmaceutical, LLC | Silicone oil-in-water composition useful as an injectable filler and as a scaffold for collagen growth |
WO2018144991A1 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2018-08-09 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Self-assembled gels formed with anti-retroviral drugs, prodrugs thereof, and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
WO2018200750A1 (en) | 2017-04-25 | 2018-11-01 | Purdue Research Foundation | 3-dimensional (3d) tissue-engineered muscle for tissue restoration |
AU2018266131B2 (en) * | 2017-05-08 | 2021-07-29 | Alivio Therapeutics, Inc. | Formulation of nanostructured gels for increased agent loading and adhesion |
US11123375B2 (en) | 2017-10-18 | 2021-09-21 | Lifecell Corporation | Methods of treating tissue voids following removal of implantable infusion ports using adipose tissue products |
US10821205B2 (en) | 2017-10-18 | 2020-11-03 | Lifecell Corporation | Adipose tissue products and methods of production |
EP3697462B1 (en) | 2017-10-19 | 2023-07-12 | LifeCell Corporation | Flowable acellular tissue matrix products and methods of production |
US11246994B2 (en) | 2017-10-19 | 2022-02-15 | Lifecell Corporation | Methods for introduction of flowable acellular tissue matrix products into a hand |
IL278525B2 (en) * | 2018-05-09 | 2024-04-01 | Univ Johns Hopkins | Nanofiber-hydrogel composites for enhanced soft tissue replacement and regeneration |
JP2021522938A (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2021-09-02 | ザ ジョンズ ホプキンス ユニバーシティ | Nanofiber-hydrogel complex for cell and tissue delivery |
CN113825495A (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2021-12-21 | 阿利维奥治疗学股份有限公司 | Non-injectable hydrogel formulations for smart release |
KR102071415B1 (en) * | 2018-11-28 | 2020-01-30 | 주식회사 도프 | Extraction method of extracellular matrix using supercritical fluid and extracelluar matrix bio-material therefrom |
CN109769799A (en) * | 2019-03-20 | 2019-05-21 | 江苏瑞思坦生物科技有限公司 | A kind of human fat tissue saves liquid and preparation method thereof |
CN110215539B (en) * | 2019-05-28 | 2021-06-01 | 温州医科大学 | Gel matrix for islet cell transplantation and preparation method thereof |
WO2020243497A1 (en) | 2019-05-30 | 2020-12-03 | Lifecell Corporation | Biologic breast implant |
KR102333417B1 (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2021-12-02 | 주식회사 도프 | Extracelluar matrix derived from animal adipose and preservative solution of extracelluar matrix derived from animal adipose |
WO2021040141A1 (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2021-03-04 | 주식회사 도프 | Animal adipose tissue-derived extracellular matrix, and preservation solution of animal adipose tissue-derived extracellular matrix |
CN110612978A (en) * | 2019-09-26 | 2019-12-27 | 广东华夏健康生命科学有限公司 | Preservation solution for human menstrual blood and preparation method thereof |
WO2021125373A1 (en) * | 2019-12-17 | 2021-06-24 | 주식회사 엘앤씨바이오 | Medical composition comprising adipose tissue-derived extracellular matrix and method for preparing same |
CA3168904A1 (en) * | 2020-01-27 | 2021-08-05 | Geniphys, Inc. | Biologic filler for restoring and regenerating tissue |
EP4106778A4 (en) * | 2020-02-18 | 2024-02-28 | Apyx Medical Corp | Devices, systems and methods for sensing and discerning between fat and muscle tissue during medical procedures |
CN111418579B (en) * | 2020-04-13 | 2021-05-18 | 广东华夏健康生命科学有限公司 | Preservation method of adipose tissues, preservation solution of adipose tissues and preparation method of preservation solution |
GB202106283D0 (en) * | 2021-04-30 | 2021-06-16 | Univ Nottingham | Decellularized tissue hydrogels |
WO2023287892A1 (en) * | 2021-07-13 | 2023-01-19 | Britecyte Inc. | Adipose compositions and methods of use thereof |
FR3135399A1 (en) | 2022-03-30 | 2023-11-17 | Laboratoires Vivacy | emulsion comprising a hydrogel and fat or a fat derivative |
Family Cites Families (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR100968164B1 (en) * | 1999-03-10 | 2010-07-06 | 더 리전츠 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 캘리포니아 | Adipose-derived stem cells and lattices |
US20040193274A1 (en) * | 2003-03-28 | 2004-09-30 | Trieu Hai H. | Materials and methods for augmenting and/or repairing intervertebral discs |
US20050013870A1 (en) * | 2003-07-17 | 2005-01-20 | Toby Freyman | Decellularized extracellular matrix of conditioned body tissues and uses thereof |
US7625581B2 (en) * | 2003-12-19 | 2009-12-01 | Ethicon, Inc. | Tissue scaffolds for use in muscoloskeletal repairs |
US20050209705A1 (en) * | 2004-03-09 | 2005-09-22 | Niederauer Gabriele G | Implant scaffold combined with autologous or allogenic tissue |
US20060134781A1 (en) * | 2004-12-07 | 2006-06-22 | Bacterin International, Inc. | Three-dimensional cell culture system |
US7550152B2 (en) * | 2005-01-19 | 2009-06-23 | National University Of Ireland, Galway | Tissue graft scaffold made from cholecyst-derived extracellular matrix |
KR101376013B1 (en) * | 2005-08-26 | 2014-03-19 | 리전츠 오브 더 유니버스티 오브 미네소타 | Decellularization and recellularization of organs and tissues |
KR20070095494A (en) * | 2005-09-28 | 2007-10-01 | 세원셀론텍(주) | Semi-solid gel composition for adipose tissue regeneration |
CN101616698A (en) * | 2006-10-23 | 2009-12-30 | 库克生物科技公司 | The ECM material of the enhanced processing of component characteristic |
KR100771058B1 (en) * | 2007-05-18 | 2007-10-30 | 이희영 | Scaffolds removed lipid for human volume replacement or cell culture and use thereof |
US9441200B2 (en) * | 2008-02-11 | 2016-09-13 | The Johns Hopkins University | Compositions and methods for implantation of adipose tissue and adipose tissue products |
US9034386B2 (en) * | 2009-12-17 | 2015-05-19 | Queen's University At Kingston | Decellularized adipose tissue |
-
2010
- 2010-08-11 JP JP2012524842A patent/JP2013501586A/en active Pending
- 2010-08-11 AU AU2010282571A patent/AU2010282571B2/en active Active
- 2010-08-11 EP EP10808697.6A patent/EP2464724A4/en not_active Ceased
- 2010-08-11 WO PCT/US2010/045177 patent/WO2011019822A2/en active Application Filing
- 2010-08-11 CN CN2010800456404A patent/CN102575229A/en active Pending
- 2010-08-11 US US13/383,850 patent/US20120189588A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-08-11 CA CA2770490A patent/CA2770490C/en active Active
- 2010-08-11 BR BR112012003092A patent/BR112012003092A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2017
- 2017-10-27 US US15/796,089 patent/US11078461B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-06-17 US US17/351,115 patent/US20220073881A1/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN102575229A (en) | 2012-07-11 |
AU2010282571A1 (en) | 2012-03-01 |
WO2011019822A3 (en) | 2011-06-16 |
CA2770490A1 (en) | 2011-02-17 |
US11078461B2 (en) | 2021-08-03 |
AU2010282571B2 (en) | 2016-01-28 |
EP2464724A4 (en) | 2013-11-20 |
CA2770490C (en) | 2024-04-16 |
US20120189588A1 (en) | 2012-07-26 |
EP2464724A2 (en) | 2012-06-20 |
WO2011019822A2 (en) | 2011-02-17 |
US20180127719A1 (en) | 2018-05-10 |
BR112012003092A2 (en) | 2016-11-29 |
JP2013501586A (en) | 2013-01-17 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220073881A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for implantation of processed adipose tissue and processed adipose tissue products | |
US9441200B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for implantation of adipose tissue and adipose tissue products | |
EP2345435B1 (en) | Method for manufacturing a porous three-dimensional support using powder from animal tissue, and porous three-dimensional support manufactured by same | |
Zhao et al. | Biocompatibility of injectable hydrogel from decellularized human adipose tissue in vitro and in vivo | |
US20180125897A1 (en) | Decellularized Adipose Cell Growth Scaffold | |
KR102284982B1 (en) | Decellularized biomaterial form non-mammalian tissue | |
US20210038767A1 (en) | Adipose tissue products and methods of production | |
JP2019038833A (en) | Compositions and methods for cardiac therapy | |
US20120264190A1 (en) | Decellularized and Delipidized Extracellular Matrix and Methods of Use | |
CA2845516C (en) | Muscle tissue regeneration using muscle fiber fragments | |
JP6623333B2 (en) | Method for producing particulate decellularized tissue | |
AU2004280615A1 (en) | Multi-layered polymerizing hydrogels for tissue regeneration | |
Kuo et al. | Effect of bovine pituitary extract on the formation of neocartilage in chitosan/gelatin scaffolds | |
US20220047774A1 (en) | Decellularized muscle matrices and methods for making and using same | |
Zhao | Biomaterial and Cell Based Cartilage Repair |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY, MARYLAND Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:NAHAS, ZAYNA;ELISSEEFF, JENNIFER;WU, IWEN;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190218 TO 20190313;REEL/FRAME:059051/0486 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |